7b381ef2d5e6f3a640584573589ae9d1e9b0b6a8
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "libiberty.h"
24 #include "filenames.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "obstack.h"
27 #include "bfdlink.h"
28
29 #include "ld.h"
30 #include "ldmain.h"
31 #include "ldexp.h"
32 #include "ldlang.h"
33 #include <ldgram.h>
34 #include "ldlex.h"
35 #include "ldmisc.h"
36 #include "ldctor.h"
37 #include "ldfile.h"
38 #include "ldemul.h"
39 #include "fnmatch.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "hashtab.h"
42 #include "elf-bfd.h"
43 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
44 #include "plugin.h"
45 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
46
47 #ifndef offsetof
48 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
49 #endif
50
51 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
52 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
53 of two, so we can use shifts. */
54 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
55 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
56
57 /* Local variables. */
58 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
59 static struct obstack map_obstack;
60
61 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
62 #define obstack_chunk_free free
63 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
64 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
65 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
66 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
67 static bfd_vma print_dot;
68 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
69 static const char *current_target;
70 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
71 link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
72 archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
73 linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
74 lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
75 lang_statement_union). */
76 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
77 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
78 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
79 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
80 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
81 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
82
83 /* Forward declarations. */
84 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
85 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
86 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
87 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
88 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
89 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
90 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
91 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
92 static void print_statements (void);
93 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
94 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
95 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
96 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
97 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
98 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
99 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
100
101 /* Exported variables. */
102 const char *output_target;
103 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
104 lang_statement_list_type lang_os_list;
105 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
106 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
107 executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
108 or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
109 field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
110 lang_statement_union). */
111 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
112 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
113 command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
114 but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
115 lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
116 lang_statement_union). */
117 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
118 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
119 const char *entry_section = ".text";
120 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
121 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
122 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
123 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
124 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
125 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
126 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
127 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
128 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
129 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
130
131 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
132 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
133 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
134
135 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
136 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
137 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
138 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
139 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
140 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
141
142 #define new_stat(x, y) \
143 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
144
145 #define outside_section_address(q) \
146 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
147
148 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
149 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
150
151 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
152
153 void *
154 stat_alloc (size_t size)
155 {
156 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
157 }
158
159 static int
160 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
161 {
162 if (wildcardp (pattern))
163 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
164 return strcmp (pattern, name);
165 }
166
167 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
168 separator. If not, return NULL. */
169
170 static char *
171 archive_path (const char *pattern)
172 {
173 char *p = NULL;
174
175 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
176 return p;
177
178 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
179 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
180 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
181 return p;
182
183 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
184 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
185 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
186 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
187 #endif
188 return p;
189 }
190
191 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
192 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
193
194 static bfd_boolean
195 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
196 lang_input_statement_type *f)
197 {
198 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
199
200 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
201 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
202 && ((sep != file_spec)
203 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
204 {
205 match = TRUE;
206
207 if (sep != file_spec)
208 {
209 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
210 *sep = 0;
211 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
212 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
213 }
214 }
215 return match;
216 }
217
218 static bfd_boolean
219 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
220 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
221 {
222 struct unique_sections *unam;
223 const char *secnam;
224
225 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
226 && sec->owner != NULL
227 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
228 return !(os != NULL
229 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
230
231 secnam = sec->name;
232 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
233 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
234 return TRUE;
235
236 return FALSE;
237 }
238
239 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
240
241 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
242 false. */
243
244 static bfd_boolean
245 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
246 lang_input_statement_type *file)
247 {
248 struct name_list *list_tmp;
249
250 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
251 list_tmp;
252 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
253 {
254 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
255
256 if (p != NULL)
257 {
258 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
259 return TRUE;
260 }
261
262 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
263 return TRUE;
264
265 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
266 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
267 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
268 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
269 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
270 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
271 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
272 return TRUE;
273 }
274
275 return FALSE;
276 }
277
278 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
279 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
280 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
281 function is very fast. */
282
283 static void
284 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
285 lang_input_statement_type *file,
286 asection *s,
287 struct wildcard_list *sec,
288 callback_t callback,
289 void *data)
290 {
291 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
292 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
293 return;
294
295 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
296 }
297
298 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
299 but slowly. */
300
301 static void
302 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
303 lang_input_statement_type *file,
304 callback_t callback,
305 void *data)
306 {
307 asection *s;
308 struct wildcard_list *sec;
309
310 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
311 {
312 sec = ptr->section_list;
313 if (sec == NULL)
314 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
315
316 while (sec != NULL)
317 {
318 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
319
320 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
321 {
322 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
323
324 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
325 }
326
327 if (!skip)
328 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
329
330 sec = sec->next;
331 }
332 }
333 }
334
335 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
336 than one section with that name, we report that. */
337
338 typedef struct
339 {
340 asection *found_section;
341 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
342 } section_iterator_callback_data;
343
344 static bfd_boolean
345 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
346 {
347 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
348
349 if (d->found_section != NULL)
350 {
351 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
352 return TRUE;
353 }
354
355 d->found_section = s;
356 return FALSE;
357 }
358
359 static asection *
360 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
361 struct wildcard_list *sec,
362 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
363 {
364 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
365
366 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
367 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
368 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
369 return cb_data.found_section;
370 }
371
372 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
373 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
374
375 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
376 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
377
378 static bfd_boolean
379 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
380 {
381 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
382 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
383 }
384
385 static bfd_boolean
386 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
387 {
388 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
389 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
390 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
391 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
392 return FALSE;
393
394 pattern += 4;
395 name += 4;
396 while (*pattern != '*')
397 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
398 return FALSE;
399
400 return TRUE;
401 }
402
403 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
404 section name NAME. */
405
406 static unsigned long
407 get_init_priority (const char *name)
408 {
409 char *end;
410 unsigned long init_priority;
411
412 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
413 attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
414 lower value means a higher priority.
415
416 1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
417 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
418 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
419 .fini_array is backward.
420 2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
421 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
422 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
423 is forward.
424 */
425 if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
426 || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
427 {
428 init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
429 return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
430 }
431 else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
432 || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
433 {
434 init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
435 return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
436 }
437
438 return 0;
439 }
440
441 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
442
443 static int
444 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
445 {
446 int ret;
447 unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
448
449 switch (sort)
450 {
451 default:
452 abort ();
453
454 case by_init_priority:
455 ainit_priority
456 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
457 binit_priority
458 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
459 if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
460 goto sort_by_name;
461 ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
462 if (ret)
463 break;
464 else
465 goto sort_by_name;
466
467 case by_alignment_name:
468 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
469 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
470 if (ret)
471 break;
472 /* Fall through. */
473
474 case by_name:
475 sort_by_name:
476 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
477 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
478 break;
479
480 case by_name_alignment:
481 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
482 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
483 if (ret)
484 break;
485 /* Fall through. */
486
487 case by_alignment:
488 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
489 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
490 break;
491 }
492
493 return ret;
494 }
495
496 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
497 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
498 of sections are large. */
499
500 static lang_section_bst_type **
501 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
502 struct wildcard_list *sec,
503 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
504 asection *section)
505 {
506 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
507
508 tree = &wild->tree;
509 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
510 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
511 {
512 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
513 while (*tree)
514 tree = &((*tree)->right);
515 return tree;
516 }
517
518 while (*tree)
519 {
520 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
521 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
522 tree = &((*tree)->left);
523 else
524 tree = &((*tree)->right);
525 }
526
527 return tree;
528 }
529
530 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
531
532 static void
533 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
534 struct wildcard_list *sec,
535 asection *section,
536 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
537 lang_input_statement_type *file,
538 void *output)
539 {
540 lang_section_bst_type *node;
541 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
542 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
543
544 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
545
546 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
547 return;
548
549 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
550 node->left = 0;
551 node->right = 0;
552 node->section = section;
553
554 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
555 if (tree != NULL)
556 *tree = node;
557 }
558
559 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
560
561 static void
562 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
563 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
564 void *output)
565 {
566 if (tree->left)
567 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
568
569 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
570 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
571
572 if (tree->right)
573 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
574
575 free (tree);
576 }
577
578 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
579 wildcards */
580
581 static void
582 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
583 lang_input_statement_type *file,
584 callback_t callback,
585 void *data)
586 {
587 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
588 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
589 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
590 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
591 get processed in the bfd's order. */
592 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
593 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
594 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
595
596 if (multiple_sections_found)
597 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
598 else if (s0)
599 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
600 }
601
602 static void
603 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
604 lang_input_statement_type *file,
605 callback_t callback,
606 void *data)
607 {
608 asection *s;
609 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
610
611 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
612 {
613 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
614 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
615
616 if (!skip)
617 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
618 }
619 }
620
621 static void
622 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
623 lang_input_statement_type *file,
624 callback_t callback,
625 void *data)
626 {
627 asection *s;
628 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
629 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
630 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
631 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
632
633 if (multiple_sections_found)
634 {
635 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
636 return;
637 }
638
639 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
640 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
641 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
642 {
643 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
644 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
645 wildspec1. */
646 if (s == s0)
647 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
648 else
649 {
650 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
651 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
652
653 if (!skip)
654 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
655 data);
656 }
657 }
658 }
659
660 static void
661 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
662 lang_input_statement_type *file,
663 callback_t callback,
664 void *data)
665 {
666 asection *s;
667 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
668 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
669 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
670 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
671 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
672
673 if (multiple_sections_found)
674 {
675 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
676 return;
677 }
678
679 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
680 {
681 if (s == s0)
682 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
683 else
684 {
685 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
686 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
687
688 if (!skip)
689 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
690 else
691 {
692 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
693 if (!skip)
694 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
695 data);
696 }
697 }
698 }
699 }
700
701 static void
702 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
703 lang_input_statement_type *file,
704 callback_t callback,
705 void *data)
706 {
707 asection *s;
708 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
709 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
710 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
711 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
712 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
713 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
714
715 if (multiple_sections_found)
716 {
717 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
718 return;
719 }
720
721 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
722 if (multiple_sections_found)
723 {
724 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
725 return;
726 }
727
728 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
729 {
730 if (s == s0)
731 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
732 else
733 if (s == s1)
734 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
735 else
736 {
737 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
738 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
739 sname);
740
741 if (!skip)
742 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
743 data);
744 else
745 {
746 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
747 if (!skip)
748 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
749 callback, data);
750 }
751 }
752 }
753 }
754
755 static void
756 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
757 lang_input_statement_type *file,
758 callback_t callback,
759 void *data)
760 {
761 if (file->flags.just_syms)
762 return;
763
764 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
765 }
766
767 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
768 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
769 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
770 first wildcard character. */
771
772 static bfd_boolean
773 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
774 {
775 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
776 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
777 size_t min_prefix_len;
778
779 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
780 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
781 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
782 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
783 prefix1_len++;
784 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
785 prefix2_len++;
786
787 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
788
789 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
790 }
791
792 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
793 statements. */
794
795 static void
796 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
797 {
798 int sec_count = 0;
799 int wild_name_count = 0;
800 struct wildcard_list *sec;
801 int signature;
802 int data_counter;
803
804 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
805 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
806 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
807 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
808 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
809 ptr->tree = NULL;
810
811 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
812 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
813 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
814 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
815 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
816 ending in a single '*'. */
817 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
818 {
819 ++sec_count;
820 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
821 return;
822 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
823 {
824 ++wild_name_count;
825 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
826 return;
827 }
828 }
829
830 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
831 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
832 happen in practice. */
833 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
834 return;
835
836 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
837 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
838 {
839 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
840 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
841 {
842 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
843 return;
844 }
845 }
846
847 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
848 switch (signature)
849 {
850 case 0x0100:
851 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
852 break;
853 case 0x0101:
854 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
855 break;
856 case 0x0201:
857 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
858 break;
859 case 0x0302:
860 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
861 break;
862 case 0x0402:
863 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
864 break;
865 default:
866 return;
867 }
868
869 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
870 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
871 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
872 given order, because we've already determined that no section
873 will match more than one spec. */
874 data_counter = 0;
875 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
876 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
877 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
878 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
879 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
880 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
881 }
882
883 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
884
885 static void
886 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
887 lang_input_statement_type *f,
888 callback_t callback,
889 void *data)
890 {
891 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
892 return;
893
894 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
895 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
896 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
897 else
898 {
899 bfd *member;
900
901 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
902 archive separately. */
903 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
904 while (member != NULL)
905 {
906 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
907 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
908 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
909 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
910 lang_input_statement. */
911 if (member->usrdata != NULL)
912 {
913 walk_wild_section (s,
914 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
915 callback, data);
916 }
917
918 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
919 }
920 }
921 }
922
923 static void
924 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
925 {
926 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
927 char *p;
928
929 if (file_spec == NULL)
930 {
931 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
932 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
933 {
934 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
935 }
936 }
937 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
938 {
939 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
940 {
941 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
942 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
943 }
944 }
945 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
946 {
947 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
948 {
949 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
950 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
951 }
952 }
953 else
954 {
955 lang_input_statement_type *f;
956
957 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
958 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
959 if (f)
960 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
961 }
962 }
963
964 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
965 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
966 with constraint set to -1. */
967
968 void
969 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
970 lang_statement_union_type *s)
971 {
972 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
973 {
974 func (s);
975
976 switch (s->header.type)
977 {
978 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
979 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
980 break;
981 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
982 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
983 lang_for_each_statement_worker
984 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
985 break;
986 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
987 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
988 s->wild_statement.children.head);
989 break;
990 case lang_group_statement_enum:
991 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
992 s->group_statement.children.head);
993 break;
994 case lang_data_statement_enum:
995 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
996 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
997 case lang_output_statement_enum:
998 case lang_target_statement_enum:
999 case lang_input_section_enum:
1000 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1001 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1002 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1003 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1004 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1005 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1006 break;
1007 default:
1008 FAIL ();
1009 break;
1010 }
1011 }
1012 }
1013
1014 void
1015 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1016 {
1017 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1018 }
1019
1020 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1021
1022 void
1023 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1024 {
1025 list->head = NULL;
1026 list->tail = &list->head;
1027 }
1028
1029 static void
1030 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
1031 void *element,
1032 void *field)
1033 {
1034 *(list->tail) = element;
1035 list->tail = field;
1036 }
1037
1038 void
1039 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1040 {
1041 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1042 abort ();
1043 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1044 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1045 }
1046
1047 void
1048 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1049 {
1050 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1051 abort ();
1052 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1053 }
1054
1055 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1056
1057 static lang_statement_union_type *
1058 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1059 size_t size,
1060 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1061 {
1062 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1063
1064 new_stmt = stat_alloc (size);
1065 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1066 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1067 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1068 return new_stmt;
1069 }
1070
1071 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1072 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1073 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1074
1075 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1076 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1077 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1078 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1079
1080 static lang_input_statement_type *
1081 new_afile (const char *name,
1082 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1083 const char *target,
1084 bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1085 {
1086 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1087
1088 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1089
1090 if (add_to_list)
1091 p = new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1092 else
1093 {
1094 p = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1095 p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1096 p->header.next = NULL;
1097 }
1098
1099 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1100 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1101 p->target = target;
1102 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1103 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1104 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1105 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1106 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1107
1108 switch (file_type)
1109 {
1110 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1111 p->filename = name;
1112 p->local_sym_name = name;
1113 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1114 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1115 break;
1116 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1117 p->filename = name;
1118 p->local_sym_name = name;
1119 break;
1120 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1121 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1122 {
1123 p->filename = name + 1;
1124 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1125 }
1126 else
1127 p->filename = name;
1128 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1129 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1130 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1131 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1132 break;
1133 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1134 p->filename = name;
1135 p->local_sym_name = name;
1136 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1137 break;
1138 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1139 p->filename = name;
1140 p->local_sym_name = name;
1141 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1142 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1143 break;
1144 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1145 p->filename = name;
1146 p->local_sym_name = name;
1147 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1148 break;
1149 default:
1150 FAIL ();
1151 }
1152
1153 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain, p, &p->next_real_file);
1154 return p;
1155 }
1156
1157 lang_input_statement_type *
1158 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1159 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1160 const char *target)
1161 {
1162 if (name != NULL
1163 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1164 {
1165 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1166 char *sysrooted_name
1167 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1168 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1169 (const char *) NULL);
1170
1171 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1172 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1173 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1174 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1175 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1176 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1177 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1178 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1179 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1180 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1181 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1182 return ret;
1183 }
1184
1185 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1186 }
1187
1188 struct out_section_hash_entry
1189 {
1190 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1191 lang_statement_union_type s;
1192 };
1193
1194 /* The hash table. */
1195
1196 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1197
1198 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1199 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1200
1201 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1202 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1203 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1204 const char *string)
1205 {
1206 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1207 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1208
1209 if (entry == NULL)
1210 {
1211 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1212 sizeof (*ret));
1213 if (entry == NULL)
1214 return entry;
1215 }
1216
1217 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1218 if (entry == NULL)
1219 return entry;
1220
1221 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1222 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1223 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1224 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1225 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1226 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1227 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1228 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1229
1230 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1231 first one, lang_os_list.tail points to the "next"
1232 field of the last element of the list. */
1233 if (lang_os_list.head != NULL)
1234 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1235 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1236 ((char *) lang_os_list.tail
1237 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1238
1239 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1240 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1241 instead. */
1242 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1243 lang_statement_append (&lang_os_list, &ret->s, nextp);
1244 return &ret->root;
1245 }
1246
1247 static void
1248 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1249 {
1250 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1251 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1252 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1253 61))
1254 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1255 }
1256
1257 static void
1258 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1259 {
1260 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1261 }
1262
1263 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1264
1265 void
1266 lang_init (void)
1267 {
1268 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1269
1270 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1271
1272 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1273
1274 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1275
1276 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1277 lang_list_init (&lang_os_list);
1278 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1279 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1280 NULL);
1281 abs_output_section =
1282 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1283
1284 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1285
1286 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1287 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1288 }
1289
1290 void
1291 lang_finish (void)
1292 {
1293 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1294 }
1295
1296 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1297 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1298 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1299 syntax.
1300
1301 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1302
1303 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1304 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1305
1306 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1307 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1308 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1309 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1310 and so we issue a warning.
1311
1312 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1313 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1314 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1315 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1316 region. */
1317
1318 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1319 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1320 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1321
1322 lang_memory_region_type *
1323 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1324 {
1325 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1326 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1327 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1328
1329 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1330 if (name == NULL)
1331 return NULL;
1332
1333 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1334 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1335 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1336 {
1337 if (create)
1338 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1339 NULL, name);
1340 return r;
1341 }
1342
1343 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1344 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1345 NULL, name);
1346
1347 new_region = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1348
1349 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1350 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1351 new_region->next = NULL;
1352 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1353 new_region->origin = 0;
1354 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1355 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1356 new_region->current = 0;
1357 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1358 new_region->flags = 0;
1359 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1360 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1361
1362 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1363 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1364
1365 return new_region;
1366 }
1367
1368 void
1369 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1370 {
1371 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1372 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1373 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1374
1375 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1376 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1377 the default memory region. */
1378 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1379 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1380 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1381
1382 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1383 in use. */
1384 region = NULL;
1385 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1386 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1387 {
1388 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1389 region = r;
1390 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1391 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1392 "alias `%s'\n"),
1393 NULL, alias);
1394 }
1395
1396 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1397 if (region == NULL)
1398 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1399 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1400 NULL, region_name, alias);
1401
1402 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1403 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1404 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1405 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1406 region->name_list.next = n;
1407 }
1408
1409 static lang_memory_region_type *
1410 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1411 {
1412 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1413
1414 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1415
1416 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1417 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1418 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1419
1420 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1421 {
1422 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1423 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1424 {
1425 return p;
1426 }
1427 }
1428 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1429 }
1430
1431 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1432
1433 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1434 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1435 {
1436 return get_userdata (output_section);
1437 }
1438
1439 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1440 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1441 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1442 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1443
1444 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1445 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1446 int constraint,
1447 bfd_boolean create)
1448 {
1449 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1450
1451 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1452 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1453 create, FALSE));
1454 if (entry == NULL)
1455 {
1456 if (create)
1457 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1458 return NULL;
1459 }
1460
1461 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1462 {
1463 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1464 constraint. */
1465 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1466
1467 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1468 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1469 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1470 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1471 but that shouldn't matter. */
1472 last_ent = entry;
1473 else
1474 do
1475 {
1476 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1477 || (constraint == 0
1478 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1479 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1480 last_ent = entry;
1481 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1482 }
1483 while (entry != NULL
1484 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1485
1486 if (!create)
1487 return NULL;
1488
1489 entry
1490 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1491 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1492 &output_section_statement_table,
1493 name));
1494 if (entry == NULL)
1495 {
1496 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1497 return NULL;
1498 }
1499 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1500 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1501 }
1502
1503 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1504 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1505 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1506 }
1507
1508 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1509 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1510 match any non-negative constraint. */
1511
1512 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1513 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1514 int constraint)
1515 {
1516 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1517 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1518 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1519 ((char *) os
1520 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1521 const char *name = os->name;
1522
1523 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1524 do
1525 {
1526 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1527 if (entry == NULL
1528 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1529 return NULL;
1530 }
1531 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1532 && (constraint != 0
1533 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1534
1535 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1536 }
1537
1538 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1539 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1540 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1541 sets *EXACT too. */
1542
1543 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1544 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1545 flagword sec_flags,
1546 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1547 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1548 {
1549 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1550 flagword look_flags, differ;
1551
1552 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1553 skip it. */
1554 first = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
1555 first = first->next;
1556
1557 /* First try for an exact match. */
1558 found = NULL;
1559 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1560 {
1561 look_flags = look->flags;
1562 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1563 {
1564 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1565 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1566 look->bfd_section,
1567 sec->owner, sec))
1568 continue;
1569 }
1570 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1571 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1572 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1573 found = look;
1574 }
1575 if (found != NULL)
1576 {
1577 if (exact != NULL)
1578 *exact = found;
1579 return found;
1580 }
1581
1582 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1583 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1584 {
1585 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1586 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1587 {
1588 look_flags = look->flags;
1589 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1590 {
1591 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1592 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1593 look->bfd_section,
1594 sec->owner, sec))
1595 continue;
1596 }
1597 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1598 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1599 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1600 found = look;
1601 }
1602 }
1603 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1604 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1605 {
1606 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1607 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1608 {
1609 look_flags = look->flags;
1610 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1611 {
1612 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1613 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1614 look->bfd_section,
1615 sec->owner, sec))
1616 continue;
1617 }
1618 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1619 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1620 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1621 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1622 | SEC_READONLY))
1623 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1624 found = look;
1625 }
1626 }
1627 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1628 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1629 {
1630 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1631 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1632 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1633
1634 match_type = NULL;
1635 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1636 {
1637 look_flags = look->flags;
1638 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1639 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1640
1641 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1642 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1643 {
1644 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1645 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1646 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1647 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1648 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1649 previous section. */
1650 break;
1651 found = look;
1652 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1653 }
1654 else if (seen_thread_local)
1655 break;
1656 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1657 found = look;
1658 }
1659 }
1660 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1661 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1662 {
1663 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1664 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1665 {
1666 look_flags = look->flags;
1667 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1668 {
1669 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1670 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1671 look->bfd_section,
1672 sec->owner, sec))
1673 continue;
1674 }
1675 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1676 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1677 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1678 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1679 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1680 found = look;
1681 }
1682 }
1683 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1684 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1685 {
1686 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1687 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1688 {
1689 look_flags = look->flags;
1690 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1691 {
1692 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1693 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1694 look->bfd_section,
1695 sec->owner, sec))
1696 continue;
1697 }
1698 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1699 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1700 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1701 found = look;
1702 }
1703 }
1704 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1705 {
1706 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1707 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1708 {
1709 look_flags = look->flags;
1710 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1711 {
1712 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1713 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1714 look->bfd_section,
1715 sec->owner, sec))
1716 continue;
1717 }
1718 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1719 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1720 found = look;
1721 }
1722 }
1723 else
1724 {
1725 /* non-alloc go last. */
1726 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1727 {
1728 look_flags = look->flags;
1729 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1730 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1731 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1732 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1733 found = look;
1734 }
1735 return found;
1736 }
1737
1738 if (found || !match_type)
1739 return found;
1740
1741 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1742 }
1743
1744 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1745 Used by place_orphan. */
1746
1747 static asection *
1748 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1749 {
1750 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1751
1752 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1753 {
1754 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1755 continue;
1756
1757 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1758 return lookup->bfd_section;
1759 }
1760
1761 return NULL;
1762 }
1763
1764 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1765 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1766 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1767 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1768 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1769 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1770 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1771 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1772 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1773 image symbols. */
1774
1775 static lang_statement_union_type **
1776 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1777 {
1778 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1779 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1780 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1781
1782 ignore_first = after == &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
1783
1784 for (where = &after->header.next;
1785 *where != NULL;
1786 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1787 {
1788 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1789 {
1790 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1791 if (assign == NULL)
1792 {
1793 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1794
1795 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1796 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1797 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1798 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1799 {
1800 if (!ignore_first)
1801 assign = where;
1802 ignore_first = FALSE;
1803 }
1804 }
1805 continue;
1806 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1807 case lang_input_section_enum:
1808 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1809 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1810 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1811 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1812 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1813 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1814 assign = NULL;
1815 ignore_first = FALSE;
1816 continue;
1817 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1818 if (assign != NULL)
1819 {
1820 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1821
1822 if (s == NULL
1823 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1824 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1825 where = assign;
1826 }
1827 break;
1828 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1829 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1830 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1831 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1832 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1833 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1834 continue;
1835 }
1836 break;
1837 }
1838
1839 return where;
1840 }
1841
1842 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1843 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1844 const char *secname,
1845 int constraint,
1846 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1847 struct orphan_save *place,
1848 etree_type *address,
1849 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1850 {
1851 lang_statement_list_type add;
1852 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1853 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1854
1855 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1856 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1857 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1858 if (after != NULL)
1859 {
1860 lang_list_init (&add);
1861 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1862 }
1863
1864 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1865 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1866 address = exp_intop (0);
1867
1868 os_tail = (lang_output_section_statement_type **) lang_os_list.tail;
1869 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1870 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1871
1872 if (add_child == NULL)
1873 add_child = &os->children;
1874 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1875
1876 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1877 {
1878 const char *region = (after->region
1879 ? after->region->name_list.name
1880 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1881 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1882 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1883 : NULL);
1884 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1885 lma_region);
1886 }
1887 else
1888 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1889 NULL);
1890
1891 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1892 if (after != NULL)
1893 pop_stat_ptr ();
1894
1895 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1896 {
1897 asection *snew, *as;
1898 bfd_boolean place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1899 bfd_boolean insert_after = TRUE;
1900
1901 snew = os->bfd_section;
1902
1903 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1904 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1905 if (place->section == NULL
1906 && after != &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement)
1907 {
1908 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1909
1910 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1911 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1912 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1913 output section. */
1914 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1915 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1916
1917 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1918 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1919 }
1920
1921 if (place->section == NULL)
1922 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1923
1924 as = *place->section;
1925
1926 if (!as)
1927 {
1928 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1929
1930 /* Unlink the section. */
1931 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1932
1933 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1934 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1935 }
1936 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1937 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1938 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1939 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1940 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1941 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1942 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1943 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1944 {
1945 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1946 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1947 section after a note section, */
1948 asection *sec;
1949 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1950 should be placed. */
1951 asection *after_sec;
1952 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1953 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1954 bfd_boolean after_sec_note = FALSE;
1955
1956 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
1957
1958 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1959 ascending order. */
1960 after_sec = NULL;
1961 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1962 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1963 {
1964 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
1965 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
1966 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
1967
1968 first_orphan_note = NULL;
1969 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1970 (sec != NULL
1971 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1972 sec = sec->next)
1973 if (sec != snew
1974 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
1975 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1976 {
1977 if (!first_orphan_note)
1978 first_orphan_note = sec;
1979 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
1980 after_sec = sec;
1981 }
1982 else if (first_orphan_note)
1983 {
1984 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
1985 orphan note section. */
1986 break;
1987 }
1988
1989 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
1990 be placed at the default location. */
1991 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
1992 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
1993 {
1994 /* If all output note sections have smaller
1995 alignments, place the section before all
1996 output orphan note sections. */
1997 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
1998 insert_after = FALSE;
1999 }
2000 }
2001 else if (first_orphan_note)
2002 {
2003 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
2004 note sections. */
2005 after_sec_note = TRUE;
2006 after_sec = as;
2007 for (sec = as->next;
2008 (sec != NULL
2009 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2010 sec = sec->next)
2011 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2012 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2013 after_sec = sec;
2014 }
2015
2016 if (after_sec_note)
2017 {
2018 if (after_sec)
2019 {
2020 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2021 statement. */
2022 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2023 bfd_boolean found = FALSE;
2024 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2025 {
2026 next = stmt->next;
2027 if (insert_after)
2028 {
2029 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2030 {
2031 place_after = TRUE;
2032 found = TRUE;
2033 after = stmt;
2034 break;
2035 }
2036 }
2037 else
2038 {
2039 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2040 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2041 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2042 {
2043 place_after = TRUE;
2044 found = TRUE;
2045 after = stmt;
2046 break;
2047 }
2048 }
2049 }
2050
2051 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2052 statement. */
2053 if (!found)
2054 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2055 {
2056 if (insert_after)
2057 {
2058 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2059 {
2060 place_after = TRUE;
2061 after = stmt;
2062 break;
2063 }
2064 }
2065 else
2066 {
2067 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2068 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2069 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2070 {
2071 place_after = TRUE;
2072 after = stmt;
2073 break;
2074 }
2075 }
2076 }
2077 }
2078
2079 if (after_sec == NULL
2080 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2081 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2082 {
2083 /* Unlink the section. */
2084 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2085
2086 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2087 prepend SNEW. */
2088 if (after_sec)
2089 {
2090 if (insert_after)
2091 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2092 after_sec, snew);
2093 else
2094 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2095 after_sec, snew);
2096 }
2097 else
2098 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2099 }
2100 }
2101 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2102 {
2103 /* Unlink the section. */
2104 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2105
2106 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2107 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2108 as, snew);
2109 }
2110 }
2111 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2112 {
2113 /* Unlink the section. */
2114 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2115
2116 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2117 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2118 }
2119
2120 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2121 follow the one we've just added. */
2122 place->section = &snew->next;
2123
2124 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2125 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2126 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2127 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2128 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2129 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2130 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2131 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2132 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2133 if (add.head != NULL)
2134 {
2135 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2136
2137 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2138 if (place_after)
2139 {
2140 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2141
2142 *add.tail = *where;
2143 *where = add.head;
2144
2145 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2146 }
2147 else
2148 {
2149 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2150 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2151 *place->stmt = add.head;
2152 }
2153
2154 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2155 new list at the tail. */
2156 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2157 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2158
2159 /* Save the end of this list. */
2160 place->stmt = add.tail;
2161
2162 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2163 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2164 *os_tail = NULL;
2165 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2166 ((char *) place->os_tail
2167 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2168 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2169 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2170 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2171 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2172 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2173
2174 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2175 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2176 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2177 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2178 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2179 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2180 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2181 }
2182 }
2183 return os;
2184 }
2185
2186 static void
2187 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2188 {
2189 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2190
2191 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2192 return;
2193
2194 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2195
2196 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2197 {
2198 size_t len;
2199
2200 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2201 len = strlen (m->soname);
2202
2203 if (len >= 29)
2204 {
2205 print_nl ();
2206 len = 0;
2207 }
2208 while (len < 30)
2209 {
2210 print_space ();
2211 ++len;
2212 }
2213
2214 if (m->ref != NULL)
2215 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2216 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2217 }
2218 }
2219
2220 static void
2221 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2222 {
2223 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2224 minfo ("a");
2225
2226 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2227 minfo ("x");
2228
2229 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2230 minfo ("r");
2231
2232 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2233 minfo ("w");
2234
2235 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2236 minfo ("l");
2237 }
2238
2239 void
2240 lang_map (void)
2241 {
2242 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2243 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2244
2245 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2246 {
2247 asection *s;
2248
2249 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2250 || file->flags.just_syms)
2251 continue;
2252
2253 if (config.print_map_discarded)
2254 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2255 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2256 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2257 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2258 {
2259 if (! dis_header_printed)
2260 {
2261 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2262 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2263 }
2264
2265 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2266 }
2267 }
2268
2269 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2270 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2271 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2272
2273 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2274 {
2275 char buf[100];
2276 int len;
2277
2278 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2279
2280 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2281 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2282 len = strlen (buf);
2283 while (len < 16)
2284 {
2285 print_space ();
2286 ++len;
2287 }
2288
2289 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2290 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2291 {
2292 #ifndef BFD64
2293 minfo (" ");
2294 #endif
2295 if (m->flags)
2296 {
2297 print_space ();
2298 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2299 }
2300
2301 if (m->not_flags)
2302 {
2303 minfo (" !");
2304 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2305 }
2306 }
2307
2308 print_nl ();
2309 }
2310
2311 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2312
2313 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2314 {
2315 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2316 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2317 }
2318 expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
2319 lang_statement_iteration++;
2320 print_statements ();
2321
2322 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2323 config.map_file);
2324 }
2325
2326 static bfd_boolean
2327 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2328 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2329 {
2330 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2331 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2332 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2333 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2334 {
2335 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2336 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2337
2338 ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
2339 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
2340 if (!ud)
2341 {
2342 ud = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2343 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
2344 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2345 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2346 }
2347 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2348 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2349
2350 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2351 def->entry = hash_entry;
2352 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2353 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2354 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2355 }
2356 return TRUE;
2357 }
2358
2359 /* Initialize an output section. */
2360
2361 static void
2362 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2363 {
2364 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2365 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2366
2367 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2368 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2369 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2370 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2371 s->name, flags);
2372 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2373 {
2374 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2375 " called %s: %E\n"),
2376 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2377 }
2378 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2379 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2380
2381 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2382 statement to avoid lookup. */
2383 get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
2384
2385 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2386 mention are initialized. */
2387 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2388 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2389
2390 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2391 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2392
2393 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2394 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2395 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2396 "section alignment");
2397 }
2398
2399 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2400 initialized. */
2401
2402 static void
2403 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2404 {
2405 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2406 {
2407 case etree_assign:
2408 case etree_provide:
2409 case etree_provided:
2410 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2411 break;
2412
2413 case etree_binary:
2414 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2415 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2416 break;
2417
2418 case etree_trinary:
2419 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2420 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2421 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2422 break;
2423
2424 case etree_assert:
2425 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2426 break;
2427
2428 case etree_unary:
2429 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2430 break;
2431
2432 case etree_name:
2433 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2434 {
2435 case ADDR:
2436 case LOADADDR:
2437 case SIZEOF:
2438 {
2439 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2440
2441 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2442 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2443 init_os (os, 0);
2444 }
2445 }
2446 break;
2447
2448 default:
2449 break;
2450 }
2451 }
2452 \f
2453 static void
2454 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2455 {
2456 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2457
2458 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2459 discard all sections. */
2460 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2461 {
2462 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2463 return;
2464 }
2465
2466 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2467 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2468 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2469 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2470 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2471
2472 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2473 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2474 }
2475 \f
2476
2477 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2478 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2479
2480 static bfd_boolean
2481 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2482 {
2483 bfd_boolean discard;
2484 flagword flags = section->flags;
2485
2486 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2487 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2488
2489 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2490 sections from within the group. */
2491 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2492 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2493 discard = TRUE;
2494
2495 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2496 information. */
2497 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2498 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2499 discard = TRUE;
2500
2501 return discard;
2502 }
2503
2504 /* The wild routines.
2505
2506 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2507 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2508 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2509
2510 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2511 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2512
2513 void
2514 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2515 asection *section,
2516 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2517 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2518 {
2519 flagword flags = section->flags;
2520
2521 bfd_boolean discard;
2522 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2523 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2524
2525 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2526 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2527
2528 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2529 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2530 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2531 discard = TRUE;
2532
2533 if (discard)
2534 {
2535 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2536 {
2537 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2538 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2539 }
2540 return;
2541 }
2542
2543 if (sflag_info)
2544 {
2545 bfd_boolean keep;
2546
2547 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2548 if (!keep)
2549 return;
2550 }
2551
2552 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2553 return;
2554
2555 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2556 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2557 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2558 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2559 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2560 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2561 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2562
2563 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2564 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2565 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2566 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2567 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2568 {
2569 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2570 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2571 else
2572 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2573 }
2574 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2575 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2576
2577 switch (output->sectype)
2578 {
2579 case normal_section:
2580 case overlay_section:
2581 case first_overlay_section:
2582 break;
2583 case noalloc_section:
2584 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2585 break;
2586 case noload_section:
2587 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2588 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2589 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2590 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2591 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2592 section. */
2593 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2594 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2595 else
2596 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2597 break;
2598 }
2599
2600 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2601 init_os (output, flags);
2602
2603 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2604 it from the output section. */
2605 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2606
2607 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2608 {
2609 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2610 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2611
2612 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2613 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2614 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2615 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2616 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2617 {
2618 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2619 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2620 }
2621 }
2622 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2623
2624 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2625 {
2626 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2627 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2628 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2629 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2630 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2631 link_info.output_bfd,
2632 output->bfd_section,
2633 &link_info);
2634 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2635 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2636 }
2637
2638 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2639 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2640 {
2641 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2642 output->block_value = 128;
2643 }
2644
2645 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2646 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2647
2648 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2649
2650 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2651 {
2652 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2653 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2654 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2655 section->map_tail.s = s;
2656 if (s != NULL)
2657 s->map_head.s = section;
2658 else
2659 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2660 }
2661
2662 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2663 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2664 new_section->section = section;
2665 }
2666
2667 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2668 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2669 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2670 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2671
2672 static lang_statement_union_type *
2673 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2674 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2675 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2676 asection *section)
2677 {
2678 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2679
2680 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2681 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2682 return NULL;
2683
2684 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2685 {
2686 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2687
2688 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2689 continue;
2690 ls = &l->input_section;
2691
2692 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2693 name. */
2694
2695 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2696 {
2697 const char *fn, *ln;
2698 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2699 int i;
2700
2701 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2702 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2703 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2704 archive. */
2705
2706 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2707 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2708 {
2709 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2710 fa = TRUE;
2711 }
2712 else
2713 {
2714 fn = file->filename;
2715 fa = FALSE;
2716 }
2717
2718 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2719 {
2720 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2721 la = TRUE;
2722 }
2723 else
2724 {
2725 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2726 la = FALSE;
2727 }
2728
2729 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2730 if (i > 0)
2731 continue;
2732 else if (i < 0)
2733 break;
2734
2735 if (fa || la)
2736 {
2737 if (fa)
2738 fn = file->filename;
2739 if (la)
2740 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2741
2742 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2743 if (i > 0)
2744 continue;
2745 else if (i < 0)
2746 break;
2747 }
2748 }
2749
2750 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2751 looking at the sections for this file. */
2752
2753 if (sec != NULL
2754 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2755 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2756 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2757 break;
2758 }
2759
2760 return l;
2761 }
2762
2763 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2764 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2765
2766 static void
2767 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2768 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2769 asection *section,
2770 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2771 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2772 void *output)
2773 {
2774 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2775 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2776
2777 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2778
2779 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2780 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2781 return;
2782
2783 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2784
2785 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2786 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2787 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2788 of the current list. */
2789
2790 if (before == NULL)
2791 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2792 else
2793 {
2794 lang_statement_list_type list;
2795 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2796
2797 lang_list_init (&list);
2798 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2799
2800 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2801 be NULL. */
2802 if (list.head != NULL)
2803 {
2804 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2805
2806 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2807 *pp != before;
2808 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2809 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2810
2811 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2812 *pp = list.head;
2813 }
2814 }
2815 }
2816
2817 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2818 are readonly. */
2819
2820 static void
2821 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2822 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2823 asection *section,
2824 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2825 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2826 void *output)
2827 {
2828 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2829
2830 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2831
2832 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2833 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2834 return;
2835
2836 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2837 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2838 }
2839
2840 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2841 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2842 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2843
2844 static lang_input_statement_type *
2845 lookup_name (const char *name)
2846 {
2847 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2848
2849 for (search = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
2850 search != NULL;
2851 search = search->next_real_file)
2852 {
2853 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2854 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2855 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2856 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2857
2858 if (filename != NULL
2859 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2860 break;
2861 }
2862
2863 if (search == NULL)
2864 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2865 default_target, FALSE);
2866
2867 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2868 don't add this file. */
2869 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2870 return search;
2871
2872 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2873 return NULL;
2874
2875 return search;
2876 }
2877
2878 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2879
2880 struct excluded_lib
2881 {
2882 char *name;
2883 struct excluded_lib *next;
2884 };
2885 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2886
2887 void
2888 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2889 {
2890 const char *p = list, *end;
2891
2892 while (*p != '\0')
2893 {
2894 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2895 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2896 if (end == NULL)
2897 end = p + strlen (p);
2898 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2899 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2900 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2901 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2902 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2903 excluded_libs = entry;
2904 if (*end == '\0')
2905 break;
2906 p = end + 1;
2907 }
2908 }
2909
2910 static void
2911 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2912 {
2913 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2914
2915 while (lib)
2916 {
2917 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2918 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2919
2920 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2921 {
2922 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2923 return;
2924 }
2925
2926 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2927 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2928 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2929 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2930 {
2931 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2932 return;
2933 }
2934
2935 lib = lib->next;
2936 }
2937 }
2938
2939 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2940
2941 bfd_boolean
2942 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2943 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2944 {
2945 char **matching;
2946
2947 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2948 return TRUE;
2949
2950 ldfile_open_file (entry);
2951
2952 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
2953 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2954 return TRUE;
2955
2956 if (trace_files || verbose)
2957 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
2958
2959 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2960 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2961 {
2962 bfd_error_type err;
2963 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2964 extern FILE *yyin;
2965
2966 err = bfd_get_error ();
2967
2968 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
2969 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2970 return TRUE;
2971
2972 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2973 {
2974 char **p;
2975
2976 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
2977 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2978 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2979 einfo (" %s", *p);
2980 einfo ("%F\n");
2981 }
2982 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2983 || place == NULL)
2984 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2985
2986 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2987 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2988
2989 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
2990 save_flags = input_flags;
2991 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2992
2993 push_stat_ptr (place);
2994 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
2995 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2996 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
2997 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2998 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
2999 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
3000
3001 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
3002 parser_input = input_script;
3003 yyparse ();
3004 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
3005
3006 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
3007 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
3008 again. */
3009 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
3010 input_flags = save_flags;
3011 pop_stat_ptr ();
3012 fclose (yyin);
3013 yyin = NULL;
3014 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3015
3016 return TRUE;
3017 }
3018
3019 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3020 return TRUE;
3021
3022 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3023 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3024 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3025 which is used. */
3026 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3027 {
3028 default:
3029 break;
3030
3031 case bfd_object:
3032 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3033 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3034 break;
3035
3036 case bfd_archive:
3037 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3038
3039 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
3040 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3041 {
3042 bfd *member = NULL;
3043 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
3044
3045 for (;;)
3046 {
3047 bfd *subsbfd;
3048 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3049
3050 if (member == NULL)
3051 break;
3052
3053 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3054 {
3055 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3056 entry->the_bfd, member);
3057 loaded = FALSE;
3058 }
3059
3060 subsbfd = member;
3061 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3062 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3063 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3064 abort ();
3065
3066 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3067 substitute BFD for us. */
3068 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3069 {
3070 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3071 loaded = FALSE;
3072 }
3073 }
3074
3075 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3076 return loaded;
3077 }
3078 break;
3079 }
3080
3081 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3082 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3083 else
3084 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3085
3086 return entry->flags.loaded;
3087 }
3088
3089 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3090 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3091 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3092 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3093 the output section. */
3094
3095 static void
3096 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3097 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3098 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3099 {
3100 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3101
3102 if (s->handler_data[0]
3103 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3104 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3105 {
3106 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3107
3108 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3109
3110 tree = s->tree;
3111 if (tree)
3112 {
3113 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3114 s->tree = NULL;
3115 }
3116 }
3117 else
3118 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3119
3120 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3121 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3122 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3123 {
3124 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3125 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3126 default_common_section = output;
3127 break;
3128 }
3129 }
3130
3131 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3132
3133 static int
3134 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3135 {
3136 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3137
3138 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3139 }
3140
3141 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3142
3143 static void
3144 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
3145 {
3146 char c;
3147
3148 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3149 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3150
3151 *dest = 0;
3152 }
3153
3154 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3155 from haystack. */
3156
3157 static void
3158 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
3159 {
3160 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3161
3162 if (haystack)
3163 {
3164 char *src;
3165
3166 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3167 *haystack++ = *src++;
3168
3169 *haystack = 0;
3170 }
3171 }
3172
3173 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3174 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3175
3176 static int
3177 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
3178 {
3179 char *copy1;
3180 char *copy2;
3181 int result;
3182
3183 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3184 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3185
3186 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3187 stricpy (copy1, first);
3188 stricpy (copy2, second);
3189
3190 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3191 strcut (copy1, "big");
3192 strcut (copy1, "little");
3193 strcut (copy2, "big");
3194 strcut (copy2, "little");
3195
3196 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3197 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3198 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3199 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3200 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3201 {
3202 result *= 10;
3203 break;
3204 }
3205
3206 free (copy1);
3207 free (copy2);
3208
3209 return result;
3210 }
3211
3212 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3213 static const bfd_target *winner;
3214
3215 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3216 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3217 match to the original output target. */
3218
3219 static int
3220 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3221 {
3222 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3223
3224 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3225 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3226 return 0;
3227
3228 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3229 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3230 return 0;
3231
3232 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3233 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3234 return 0;
3235
3236 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3237 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3238 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3239 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3240 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3241 return 0;
3242
3243 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3244 if (winner == NULL)
3245 {
3246 winner = target;
3247 return 0;
3248 }
3249
3250 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3251 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3252 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3253 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3254 winner = target;
3255
3256 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3257 return 0;
3258 }
3259
3260 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3261
3262 static char *
3263 get_first_input_target (void)
3264 {
3265 char *target = NULL;
3266
3267 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3268 {
3269 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3270 && s->flags.real)
3271 {
3272 ldfile_open_file (s);
3273
3274 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3275 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3276 {
3277 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3278
3279 if (target != NULL)
3280 break;
3281 }
3282 }
3283 }
3284
3285 return target;
3286 }
3287
3288 const char *
3289 lang_get_output_target (void)
3290 {
3291 const char *target;
3292
3293 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3294 if (output_target != NULL)
3295 return output_target;
3296
3297 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3298 the default? */
3299 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3300 return current_target;
3301
3302 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3303 target = get_first_input_target ();
3304 if (target != NULL)
3305 return target;
3306
3307 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3308 return default_target;
3309 }
3310
3311 /* Open the output file. */
3312
3313 static void
3314 open_output (const char *name)
3315 {
3316 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3317
3318 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3319 line? */
3320 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3321 {
3322 /* Get the chosen target. */
3323 const bfd_target *target
3324 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3325
3326 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3327 if (target != NULL)
3328 {
3329 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3330
3331 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3332 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3333 else
3334 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3335
3336 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3337 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3338 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3339 this. */
3340 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3341 {
3342 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3343 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3344 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3345 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3346 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3347 else
3348 {
3349 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3350 the default target, but which has the desired
3351 endian characteristic. */
3352 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3353 (void *) target);
3354
3355 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3356 satisfy our requirements. */
3357 if (winner == NULL)
3358 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3359 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3360 else
3361 output_target = winner->name;
3362 }
3363 }
3364 }
3365 }
3366
3367 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3368
3369 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3370 {
3371 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3372 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3373
3374 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3375 }
3376
3377 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3378
3379 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3380 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3381 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3382 ldfile_output_architecture,
3383 ldfile_output_machine))
3384 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3385
3386 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3387 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3388 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3389
3390 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3391 }
3392
3393 static void
3394 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3395 {
3396 switch (statement->header.type)
3397 {
3398 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3399 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3400 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3401 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3402 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3403 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3404 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3405 else
3406 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3407 if (config.text_read_only)
3408 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3409 else
3410 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3411 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3412 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3413 else
3414 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3415 break;
3416
3417 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3418 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3419 break;
3420 default:
3421 break;
3422 }
3423 }
3424
3425 static void
3426 init_opb (void)
3427 {
3428 unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3429 ldfile_output_machine);
3430 opb_shift = 0;
3431 if (x > 1)
3432 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3433 {
3434 x >>= 1;
3435 ++opb_shift;
3436 }
3437 ASSERT (x == 1);
3438 }
3439
3440 /* Open all the input files. */
3441
3442 enum open_bfd_mode
3443 {
3444 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3445 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3446 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3447 };
3448 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3449 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3450 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry *plugin_undefs = NULL;
3451 #endif
3452
3453 static void
3454 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3455 {
3456 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3457 {
3458 switch (s->header.type)
3459 {
3460 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3461 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3462 break;
3463 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3464 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3465 break;
3466 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3467 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3468 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3469 && s->wild_statement.filename
3470 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3471 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3472 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3473 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3474 break;
3475 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3476 {
3477 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3478 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3479 lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert_save;
3480 #endif
3481
3482 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3483 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3484 symbols. */
3485
3486 do
3487 {
3488 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3489 plugin_insert_save = plugin_insert;
3490 #endif
3491 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3492 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3493 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3494 }
3495 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail
3496 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3497 /* Objects inserted by a plugin, which are loaded
3498 before we hit this loop, may have added new
3499 undefs. */
3500 || (plugin_insert != plugin_insert_save && plugin_undefs)
3501 #endif
3502 );
3503 }
3504 break;
3505 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3506 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3507 break;
3508 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3509 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3510 {
3511 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3512 lang_statement_list_type add;
3513 bfd *abfd;
3514
3515 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3516
3517 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3518 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3519 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3520 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3521 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3522 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3523 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3524 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3525 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3526 #endif
3527 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3528 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3529 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3530 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3531 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3532 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3533 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3534 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3535 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3536 {
3537 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3538 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3539 }
3540
3541 os_tail = lang_os_list.tail;
3542 lang_list_init (&add);
3543
3544 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3545 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3546
3547 if (add.head != NULL)
3548 {
3549 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3550 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3551 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3552 section statement list. Very likely the user
3553 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3554 naive user expectations. */
3555 if (os_tail != lang_os_list.tail)
3556 {
3557 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3558 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3559 s->input_statement.filename);
3560 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3561 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3562 }
3563 else
3564 {
3565 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3566 s->header.next = add.head;
3567 }
3568 }
3569 }
3570 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3571 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3572 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3573 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3574 plugin_insert = NULL;
3575 #endif
3576 break;
3577 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3578 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3579 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3580 break;
3581 default:
3582 break;
3583 }
3584 }
3585
3586 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3587 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3588 einfo ("%F");
3589 }
3590
3591 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3592 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3593 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3594 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3595 name to the symbol table. */
3596
3597 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3598
3599 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3600
3601 void
3602 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3603 {
3604 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3605
3606 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3607 new_undef = stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3608 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3609 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3610
3611 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3612
3613 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3614 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3615 }
3616
3617 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3618
3619 static void
3620 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3621 {
3622 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3623
3624 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3625 if (h == NULL)
3626 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3627 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3628 {
3629 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3630 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3631 h->non_ir_ref_regular = TRUE;
3632 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3633 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3634 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3635 }
3636 }
3637
3638 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3639 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3640 script file. */
3641
3642 static void
3643 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3644 {
3645 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3646
3647 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3648 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3649 }
3650
3651 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3652 be defined. */
3653
3654 struct require_defined_symbol
3655 {
3656 const char *name;
3657 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3658 };
3659
3660 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3661
3662 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3663
3664 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3665 defined. */
3666
3667 void
3668 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3669 {
3670 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3671
3672 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3673 ptr = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3674 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3675 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3676 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3677 }
3678
3679 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3680 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
3681
3682 static void
3683 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3684 {
3685 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3686
3687 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3688 {
3689 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3690
3691 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3692 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3693 if (h == NULL
3694 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3695 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3696 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3697 }
3698 }
3699
3700 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
3701
3702 static void
3703 check_input_sections
3704 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3705 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3706 {
3707 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3708 {
3709 switch (s->header.type)
3710 {
3711 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3712 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3713 output_section_statement);
3714 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3715 return;
3716 break;
3717 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3718 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3719 output_section_statement);
3720 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3721 return;
3722 break;
3723 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3724 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3725 output_section_statement);
3726 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3727 return;
3728 break;
3729 default:
3730 break;
3731 }
3732 }
3733 }
3734
3735 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
3736
3737 static void
3738 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3739 {
3740 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3741
3742 switch (sort_section)
3743 {
3744 default:
3745 FAIL ();
3746
3747 case none:
3748 break;
3749
3750 case by_name:
3751 case by_alignment:
3752 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3753 {
3754 switch (s->header.type)
3755 {
3756 default:
3757 break;
3758
3759 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3760 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3761 sec = sec->next)
3762 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
3763 if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
3764 && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
3765 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3766 {
3767 case none:
3768 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3769 break;
3770 case by_name:
3771 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3772 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3773 break;
3774 case by_alignment:
3775 if (sort_section == by_name)
3776 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3777 break;
3778 default:
3779 break;
3780 }
3781 break;
3782
3783 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3784 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3785 break;
3786
3787 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3788 update_wild_statements
3789 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3790 break;
3791
3792 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3793 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3794 break;
3795 }
3796 }
3797 break;
3798 }
3799 }
3800
3801 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
3802
3803 static void
3804 map_input_to_output_sections
3805 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3806 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3807 {
3808 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3809 {
3810 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3811 flagword flags;
3812
3813 switch (s->header.type)
3814 {
3815 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3816 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3817 break;
3818 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3819 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3820 target,
3821 os);
3822 break;
3823 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3824 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3825 if (tos->constraint != 0)
3826 {
3827 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3828 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3829 break;
3830 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3831 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3832 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3833 {
3834 tos->constraint = -1;
3835 break;
3836 }
3837 }
3838 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3839 target,
3840 tos);
3841 break;
3842 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3843 break;
3844 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3845 target = s->target_statement.target;
3846 break;
3847 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3848 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3849 target,
3850 os);
3851 break;
3852 case lang_data_statement_enum:
3853 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3854 are initialized. */
3855 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3856 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3857 these may be overridden by the script. */
3858 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3859 switch (os->sectype)
3860 {
3861 case normal_section:
3862 case overlay_section:
3863 case first_overlay_section:
3864 break;
3865 case noalloc_section:
3866 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3867 break;
3868 case noload_section:
3869 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3870 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3871 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3872 else
3873 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3874 break;
3875 }
3876 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3877 init_os (os, flags);
3878 else
3879 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3880 break;
3881 case lang_input_section_enum:
3882 break;
3883 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3884 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3885 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3886 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3887 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3888 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3889 init_os (os, 0);
3890 break;
3891 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3892 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3893 init_os (os, 0);
3894
3895 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3896 are initialized. */
3897 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3898 break;
3899 case lang_address_statement_enum:
3900 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3901 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3902 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3903 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
3904 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3905 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
3906 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
3907 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3908 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
3909 if (!s->address_statement.segment
3910 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3911 {
3912 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3913
3914 /* Create the output section statement here so that
3915 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3916 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
3917 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3918 will affect following script sections, which is
3919 likely to surprise naive users. */
3920 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3921 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3922 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3923 init_os (tos, 0);
3924 }
3925 break;
3926 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3927 break;
3928 }
3929 }
3930 }
3931
3932 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3933 start of the list and places them after the output section
3934 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
3935 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3936 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.
3937 FIXME someday: Twiddling with the list not only moves statements
3938 from the user's script but also input and group statements that are
3939 built from command line object files and --start-group. We only
3940 get away with this because the list pointers used by file_chain
3941 and input_file_chain are not reordered, and processing via
3942 statement_list after this point mostly ignores input statements.
3943 One exception is the map file, where LOAD and START GROUP/END GROUP
3944 can end up looking odd. */
3945
3946 static void
3947 process_insert_statements (lang_statement_union_type **start)
3948 {
3949 lang_statement_union_type **s;
3950 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3951 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3952 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3953
3954 s = start;
3955 while (*s != NULL)
3956 {
3957 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3958 {
3959 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3960 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
3961 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3962
3963 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3964 last_os = os;
3965
3966 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3967 won't match this output section statement. At this
3968 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3969 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
3970 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3971 if (first_os == NULL)
3972 first_os = last_os;
3973 }
3974 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_group_statement_enum)
3975 {
3976 /* A user might put -T between --start-group and
3977 --end-group. One way this odd construct might arise is
3978 from a wrapper around ld to change library search
3979 behaviour. For example:
3980 #! /bin/sh
3981 exec real_ld --start-group "$@" --end-group
3982 This isn't completely unreasonable so go looking inside a
3983 group statement for insert statements. */
3984 process_insert_statements (&(*s)->group_statement.children.head);
3985 }
3986 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3987 {
3988 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3989 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3990 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3991 lang_statement_union_type *first;
3992
3993 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3994 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3995 {
3996 do
3997 where = where->prev;
3998 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3999 }
4000 if (where == NULL)
4001 {
4002 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
4003 return;
4004 }
4005
4006 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
4007 if (last_os != NULL)
4008 {
4009 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
4010 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
4011
4012 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
4013 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
4014 if (last_os->next == NULL)
4015 {
4016 next = &first_os->prev->next;
4017 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4018 }
4019 else
4020 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
4021 /* Add them in at the new position. */
4022 last_os->next = where->next;
4023 if (where->next == NULL)
4024 {
4025 next = &last_os->next;
4026 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4027 }
4028 else
4029 where->next->prev = last_os;
4030 first_os->prev = where;
4031 where->next = first_os;
4032
4033 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
4034 first_sec = NULL;
4035 last_sec = NULL;
4036 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4037 {
4038 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4039 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
4040 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
4041 {
4042 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
4043 if (first_sec == NULL)
4044 first_sec = last_sec;
4045 }
4046 if (os == last_os)
4047 break;
4048 }
4049 if (last_sec != NULL)
4050 {
4051 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4052 if (sec == NULL)
4053 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4054
4055 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4056 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4057 section or if the section is the same as our
4058 last section, then no move is needed. */
4059 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4060 {
4061 /* Trim them off. */
4062 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4063 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4064 else
4065 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4066 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4067 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4068 else
4069 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4070 /* Add back. */
4071 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4072 if (sec->next != NULL)
4073 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4074 else
4075 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4076 first_sec->prev = sec;
4077 sec->next = first_sec;
4078 }
4079 }
4080
4081 first_os = NULL;
4082 last_os = NULL;
4083 }
4084
4085 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
4086 /* Snip everything from the start of the list, up to and
4087 including the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4088 first = *start;
4089 *start = (*s)->header.next;
4090 /* Add them back where they belong, minus the insert. */
4091 *s = *ptr;
4092 if (*s == NULL)
4093 statement_list.tail = s;
4094 *ptr = first;
4095 s = start;
4096 continue;
4097 }
4098 s = &(*s)->header.next;
4099 }
4100
4101 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4102 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4103 {
4104 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4105 if (os == last_os)
4106 break;
4107 }
4108 }
4109
4110 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4111 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4112 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4113
4114 void
4115 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4116 {
4117 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4118
4119 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4120 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4121 {
4122 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4123 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4124 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
4125 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4126 }
4127
4128 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
4129 os != NULL;
4130 os = os->next)
4131 {
4132 asection *output_section;
4133 bfd_boolean exclude;
4134
4135 if (os->constraint < 0)
4136 continue;
4137
4138 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4139 if (output_section == NULL)
4140 continue;
4141
4142 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4143 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4144 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4145 output_section));
4146
4147 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4148 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4149 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4150 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4151 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4152 {
4153 asection *s;
4154
4155 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4156 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4157 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4158 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4159 {
4160 exclude = FALSE;
4161 break;
4162 }
4163 }
4164
4165 if (exclude)
4166 {
4167 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4168 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4169 if (!os->update_dot)
4170 os->ignored = TRUE;
4171 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4172 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4173 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4174 }
4175 }
4176 }
4177
4178 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4179 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4180
4181 void
4182 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4183 {
4184 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4185
4186 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4187 return;
4188
4189 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
4190 os != NULL;
4191 os = os->next)
4192 {
4193 asection *output_section;
4194
4195 if (os->constraint < 0)
4196 continue;
4197
4198 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4199 if (output_section == NULL)
4200 continue;
4201
4202 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4203 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4204 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4205 }
4206
4207 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4208 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4209 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
4210 }
4211
4212 static void
4213 print_output_section_statement
4214 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4215 {
4216 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4217 int len;
4218
4219 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4220 {
4221 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4222
4223 if (section != NULL)
4224 {
4225 print_dot = section->vma;
4226
4227 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4228 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4229 {
4230 print_nl ();
4231 len = 0;
4232 }
4233 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4234 {
4235 print_space ();
4236 ++len;
4237 }
4238
4239 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4240
4241 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4242 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4243
4244 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4245 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4246 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4247 }
4248
4249 print_nl ();
4250 }
4251
4252 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4253 output_section_statement);
4254 }
4255
4256 static void
4257 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4258 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4259 {
4260 unsigned int i;
4261 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4262 etree_type *tree;
4263 asection *osec;
4264
4265 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4266 print_space ();
4267
4268 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4269 {
4270 is_dot = FALSE;
4271 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4272 }
4273 else
4274 {
4275 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4276
4277 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4278 tree = assignment->exp;
4279 }
4280
4281 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4282 if (osec == NULL)
4283 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4284
4285 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4286 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4287 else
4288 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4289
4290 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4291 {
4292 bfd_vma value;
4293
4294 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4295 || is_dot
4296 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4297 {
4298 value = expld.result.value;
4299
4300 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4301 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4302
4303 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4304 if (is_dot)
4305 print_dot = value;
4306 }
4307 else
4308 {
4309 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4310
4311 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4312 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4313 if (h != NULL
4314 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4315 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4316 {
4317 value = h->u.def.value;
4318 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4319 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4320
4321 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4322 }
4323 else
4324 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4325 }
4326 }
4327 else
4328 {
4329 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4330 minfo ("[!provide]");
4331 else
4332 minfo ("*undef* ");
4333 #ifdef BFD64
4334 minfo (" ");
4335 #endif
4336 }
4337 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4338
4339 minfo (" ");
4340 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4341 print_nl ();
4342 }
4343
4344 static void
4345 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4346 {
4347 if (statm->filename != NULL)
4348 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4349 }
4350
4351 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4352 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4353
4354 static bfd_boolean
4355 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4356 {
4357 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4358
4359 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4360 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4361 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4362 {
4363 int i;
4364
4365 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4366 print_space ();
4367 minfo ("0x%V ",
4368 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4369 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4370 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4371
4372 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4373 }
4374
4375 return TRUE;
4376 }
4377
4378 static int
4379 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4380 {
4381 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4382 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4383
4384 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4385 return -1;
4386 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4387 return 1;
4388 else
4389 return 0;
4390 }
4391
4392 static void
4393 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4394 {
4395 input_section_userdata_type *ud
4396 = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
4397 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4398 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4399 unsigned int i;
4400
4401 if (!ud)
4402 return;
4403
4404 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4405
4406 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4407 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4408 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4409 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4410
4411 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4412 entries[i] = def->entry;
4413
4414 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4415 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4416
4417 /* Print the symbols. */
4418 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4419 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4420
4421 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4422 }
4423
4424 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4425
4426 static void
4427 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4428 {
4429 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4430 int len;
4431 bfd_vma addr;
4432
4433 init_opb ();
4434
4435 print_space ();
4436 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4437
4438 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4439 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4440 {
4441 print_nl ();
4442 len = 0;
4443 }
4444 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4445 {
4446 print_space ();
4447 ++len;
4448 }
4449
4450 if (i->output_section != NULL
4451 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4452 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4453 else
4454 {
4455 addr = print_dot;
4456 if (!is_discarded)
4457 size = 0;
4458 }
4459
4460 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, size, i->owner);
4461
4462 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4463 {
4464 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4465 #ifdef BFD64
4466 len += 16;
4467 #else
4468 len += 8;
4469 #endif
4470 while (len > 0)
4471 {
4472 print_space ();
4473 --len;
4474 }
4475
4476 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4477 }
4478
4479 if (i->output_section != NULL
4480 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4481 {
4482 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4483 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4484 else
4485 print_all_symbols (i);
4486
4487 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4488 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4489 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4490 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4491 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4492 }
4493 }
4494
4495 static void
4496 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4497 {
4498 size_t size;
4499 unsigned char *p;
4500 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4501 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4502 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4503 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4504 }
4505
4506 static void
4507 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4508 {
4509 int i;
4510 bfd_vma addr;
4511 bfd_size_type size;
4512 const char *name;
4513
4514 init_opb ();
4515 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4516 print_space ();
4517
4518 addr = data->output_offset;
4519 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4520 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4521
4522 switch (data->type)
4523 {
4524 default:
4525 abort ();
4526 case BYTE:
4527 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4528 name = "BYTE";
4529 break;
4530 case SHORT:
4531 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4532 name = "SHORT";
4533 break;
4534 case LONG:
4535 size = LONG_SIZE;
4536 name = "LONG";
4537 break;
4538 case QUAD:
4539 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4540 name = "QUAD";
4541 break;
4542 case SQUAD:
4543 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4544 name = "SQUAD";
4545 break;
4546 }
4547
4548 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4549 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4550 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4551
4552 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4553 {
4554 print_space ();
4555 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4556 }
4557
4558 print_nl ();
4559
4560 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4561 }
4562
4563 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4564 -Ttext. */
4565
4566 static void
4567 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4568 {
4569 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4570 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4571 print_nl ();
4572 }
4573
4574 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4575
4576 static void
4577 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4578 {
4579 int i;
4580 bfd_vma addr;
4581 bfd_size_type size;
4582
4583 init_opb ();
4584 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4585 print_space ();
4586
4587 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4588 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4589 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4590
4591 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4592
4593 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4594
4595 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4596 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4597 else
4598 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4599
4600 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4601
4602 print_nl ();
4603
4604 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4605 }
4606
4607 static void
4608 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4609 {
4610 int len;
4611 bfd_vma addr;
4612
4613 init_opb ();
4614 minfo (" *fill*");
4615
4616 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4617 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4618 {
4619 print_space ();
4620 ++len;
4621 }
4622
4623 addr = s->output_offset;
4624 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4625 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4626 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4627
4628 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4629 {
4630 size_t size;
4631 unsigned char *p;
4632 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4633 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4634 }
4635
4636 print_nl ();
4637
4638 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4639 }
4640
4641 static void
4642 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4643 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4644 {
4645 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4646
4647 print_space ();
4648
4649 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4650 {
4651 name_list *tmp;
4652 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4653 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4654 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4655 minfo (") ");
4656 }
4657
4658 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4659 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4660 if (w->filename != NULL)
4661 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4662 else
4663 minfo ("*");
4664 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4665 minfo (")");
4666
4667 minfo ("(");
4668 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4669 {
4670 int closing_paren = 0;
4671
4672 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4673 {
4674 case none:
4675 break;
4676
4677 case by_name:
4678 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4679 closing_paren = 1;
4680 break;
4681
4682 case by_alignment:
4683 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4684 closing_paren = 1;
4685 break;
4686
4687 case by_name_alignment:
4688 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4689 closing_paren = 2;
4690 break;
4691
4692 case by_alignment_name:
4693 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4694 closing_paren = 2;
4695 break;
4696
4697 case by_none:
4698 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4699 closing_paren = 1;
4700 break;
4701
4702 case by_init_priority:
4703 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4704 closing_paren = 1;
4705 break;
4706 }
4707
4708 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4709 {
4710 name_list *tmp;
4711 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4712 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4713 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4714 minfo (") ");
4715 }
4716 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4717 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4718 else
4719 minfo ("*");
4720 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4721 minfo (")");
4722 if (sec->next)
4723 minfo (" ");
4724 }
4725 minfo (")");
4726
4727 print_nl ();
4728
4729 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4730 }
4731
4732 /* Print a group statement. */
4733
4734 static void
4735 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4736 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4737 {
4738 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4739 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4740 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4741 }
4742
4743 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4744 This can be called for any statement type. */
4745
4746 static void
4747 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4748 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4749 {
4750 while (s != NULL)
4751 {
4752 print_statement (s, os);
4753 s = s->header.next;
4754 }
4755 }
4756
4757 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4758 This can be called for any statement type. */
4759
4760 static void
4761 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4762 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4763 {
4764 switch (s->header.type)
4765 {
4766 default:
4767 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4768 FAIL ();
4769 break;
4770 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4771 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4772 {
4773 if (constructors_sorted)
4774 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4775 else
4776 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4777 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4778 }
4779 break;
4780 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4781 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4782 break;
4783 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4784 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4785 break;
4786 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4787 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4788 break;
4789 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4790 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4791 break;
4792 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4793 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4794 break;
4795 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4796 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4797 break;
4798 case lang_input_section_enum:
4799 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4800 break;
4801 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4802 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4803 break;
4804 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4805 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4806 break;
4807 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4808 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4809 break;
4810 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4811 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4812 break;
4813 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4814 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4815 if (output_target != NULL)
4816 minfo (" %s", output_target);
4817 minfo (")\n");
4818 break;
4819 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4820 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4821 break;
4822 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4823 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4824 break;
4825 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4826 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4827 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4828 s->insert_statement.where);
4829 break;
4830 }
4831 }
4832
4833 static void
4834 print_statements (void)
4835 {
4836 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4837 }
4838
4839 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4840 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4841 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4842 Intended to be called from GDB. */
4843
4844 void
4845 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4846 {
4847 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4848
4849 config.map_file = stderr;
4850
4851 if (n < 0)
4852 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4853 else
4854 {
4855 while (s && --n >= 0)
4856 {
4857 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4858 s = s->header.next;
4859 }
4860 }
4861
4862 config.map_file = map_save;
4863 }
4864
4865 static void
4866 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4867 fill_type *fill,
4868 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4869 asection *output_section,
4870 bfd_vma dot)
4871 {
4872 static fill_type zero_fill;
4873 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4874
4875 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4876 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4877 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4878 if (pad != NULL
4879 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4880 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4881 {
4882 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4883 }
4884 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4885 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4886 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4887 {
4888 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4889 }
4890 else
4891 {
4892 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
4893 pad = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4894 pad->header.next = *ptr;
4895 *ptr = pad;
4896 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4897 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4898 if (fill == NULL)
4899 fill = &zero_fill;
4900 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4901 }
4902 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4903 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4904 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4905 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4906 - output_section->vma);
4907 }
4908
4909 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
4910
4911 static bfd_vma
4912 size_input_section
4913 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4914 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4915 fill_type *fill,
4916 bfd_vma dot)
4917 {
4918 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4919 asection *i = is->section;
4920 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4921
4922 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
4923 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
4924 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
4925 || output_section_statement->ignored)
4926 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4927 else
4928 {
4929 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4930
4931 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4932 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
4933 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
4934 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
4935
4936 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
4937 i->alignment_power
4938 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
4939 "subsection alignment");
4940
4941 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4942 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4943
4944 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4945
4946 if (alignment_needed != 0)
4947 {
4948 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4949 dot += alignment_needed;
4950 }
4951
4952 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
4953 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4954
4955 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
4956 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4957 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4958 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4959 }
4960
4961 return dot;
4962 }
4963
4964 struct check_sec
4965 {
4966 asection *sec;
4967 bfd_boolean warned;
4968 };
4969
4970 static int
4971 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4972 {
4973 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4974 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4975
4976 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4977 return -1;
4978 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4979 return 1;
4980 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4981 return -1;
4982 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4983 return 1;
4984
4985 return 0;
4986 }
4987
4988 static int
4989 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4990 {
4991 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4992 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4993
4994 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4995 return -1;
4996 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4997 return 1;
4998 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4999 return -1;
5000 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5001 return 1;
5002
5003 return 0;
5004 }
5005
5006 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
5007 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
5008
5009 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
5010 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
5011
5012 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
5013 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
5014 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
5015 region has overflowed. */
5016
5017 static void
5018 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
5019 {
5020 asection *s, *p;
5021 struct check_sec *sections;
5022 size_t i, count;
5023 bfd_vma addr_mask;
5024 bfd_vma s_start;
5025 bfd_vma s_end;
5026 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
5027 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
5028 lang_memory_region_type *m;
5029 bfd_boolean overlays;
5030
5031 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
5032 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
5033 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
5034 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
5035 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5036 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5037 {
5038 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5039 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
5040 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
5041 s->name);
5042 else
5043 {
5044 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5045 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5046 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5047 s->name);
5048 }
5049 }
5050
5051 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5052 return;
5053
5054 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5055 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5056
5057 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5058 count = 0;
5059 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5060 {
5061 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5062 || s->size == 0)
5063 continue;
5064
5065 sections[count].sec = s;
5066 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
5067 count++;
5068 }
5069
5070 if (count <= 1)
5071 {
5072 free (sections);
5073 return;
5074 }
5075
5076 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5077
5078 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5079 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5080 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5081 {
5082 s = sections[i].sec;
5083 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5084 {
5085 s_start = s->lma;
5086 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5087
5088 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5089 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5090 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5091 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5092 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5093 if (p != NULL
5094 && (s_start <= p_end
5095 || p_end < p_start))
5096 {
5097 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5098 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5099 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5100 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
5101 }
5102 p = s;
5103 p_start = s_start;
5104 p_end = s_end;
5105 }
5106 }
5107
5108 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5109 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5110 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5111 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5112 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5113 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5114 overlays = FALSE;
5115 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5116 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5117 {
5118 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5119 if (p_start == s_start)
5120 {
5121 overlays = TRUE;
5122 break;
5123 }
5124 p_start = s_start;
5125 }
5126
5127 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5128 if (!overlays)
5129 {
5130 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5131 {
5132 s = sections[i].sec;
5133 s_start = s->vma;
5134 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5135
5136 if (p != NULL
5137 && !sections[i].warned
5138 && (s_start <= p_end
5139 || p_end < p_start))
5140 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5141 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5142 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5143 p = s;
5144 p_start = s_start;
5145 p_end = s_end;
5146 }
5147 }
5148
5149 free (sections);
5150
5151 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5152 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5153 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5154 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5155
5156 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5157 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5158 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5159 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5160 if (m->had_full_message)
5161 {
5162 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5163 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5164 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5165 over),
5166 m->name_list.name, over);
5167 }
5168 }
5169
5170 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5171 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5172 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5173 calculation wraps around. */
5174
5175 static void
5176 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5177 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5178 etree_type *tree,
5179 bfd_vma rbase)
5180 {
5181 if ((region->current < region->origin
5182 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5183 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5184 || rbase == 0))
5185 {
5186 if (tree != NULL)
5187 {
5188 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5189 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5190 region->current,
5191 os->bfd_section->owner,
5192 os->bfd_section->name,
5193 region->name_list.name);
5194 }
5195 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5196 {
5197 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
5198
5199 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5200 os->bfd_section->owner,
5201 os->bfd_section->name,
5202 region->name_list.name);
5203 }
5204 }
5205 }
5206
5207 static void
5208 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5209 seg_align_type *seg)
5210 {
5211 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5212 {
5213 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5214 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5215 else
5216 {
5217 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5218 }
5219 }
5220 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5221 {
5222 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5223 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5224 else
5225 {
5226 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5227 }
5228 }
5229 }
5230
5231 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5232
5233 static bfd_vma
5234 lang_size_sections_1
5235 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5236 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5237 fill_type *fill,
5238 bfd_vma dot,
5239 bfd_boolean *relax,
5240 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5241 {
5242 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5243
5244 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5245 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5246 {
5247 switch (s->header.type)
5248 {
5249 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5250 {
5251 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5252 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5253 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5254 int section_alignment = 0;
5255
5256 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5257 if (os->constraint == -1)
5258 break;
5259
5260 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5261 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5262 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5263 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5264 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5265 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5266 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5267 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5268 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5269 {
5270 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5271 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5272
5273 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5274 {
5275 dot = expld.result.value;
5276 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5277 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5278 }
5279 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5280 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5281 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5282 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5283 }
5284
5285 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5286 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5287 break;
5288
5289 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5290 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5291 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5292 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5293 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5294 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5295 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5296 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5297 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5298 {
5299 asection *input;
5300
5301 if (os->children.head == NULL
5302 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5303 || (os->children.head->header.type
5304 != lang_input_section_enum))
5305 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5306 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5307
5308 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5309 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
5310 os->bfd_section,
5311 bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
5312 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5313 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5314 break;
5315 }
5316
5317 newdot = dot;
5318 dotdelta = 0;
5319 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5320 {
5321 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5322 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5323 }
5324 else
5325 {
5326 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5327 {
5328 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5329 from the region specification. */
5330 if (os->region == NULL
5331 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5332 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5333 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5334 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5335 {
5336 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5337 }
5338
5339 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5340 region, and some non default memory regions were
5341 defined, issue an error message. */
5342 if (!os->ignored
5343 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5344 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5345 && check_regions
5346 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5347 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5348 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5349 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5350 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5351 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5352 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5353 {
5354 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5355 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5356 default memory region we can end up creating an
5357 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5358 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5359 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5360 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5361 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5362 switch. */
5363 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5364 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5365 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5366 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5367 os->bfd_section));
5368 else
5369 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5370 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5371 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5372 os->bfd_section));
5373 }
5374
5375 newdot = os->region->current;
5376 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5377 }
5378 else
5379 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5380 "section alignment");
5381
5382 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5383 if (section_alignment > 0)
5384 {
5385 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5386 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5387
5388 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5389 if (dotdelta != 0
5390 && (config.warn_section_align
5391 || os->addr_tree != NULL)
5392 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5393 einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of "
5394 "section %s by %lu byte\n",
5395 "%P: warning: changing start of "
5396 "section %s by %lu bytes\n",
5397 (unsigned long) dotdelta),
5398 os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
5399 }
5400
5401 bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
5402
5403 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5404 }
5405
5406 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5407 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5408
5409 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5410
5411 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5412 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5413 no output section should change from zero size
5414 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5415 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5416 input section was not sized early enough. */
5417 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5418 else
5419 {
5420 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5421
5422 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5423 align at the block boundary. */
5424 after = ((dot
5425 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5426 + os->block_value - 1)
5427 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5428
5429 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5430 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5431 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5432 }
5433
5434 /* Set section lma. */
5435 r = os->region;
5436 if (r == NULL)
5437 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5438
5439 if (os->load_base)
5440 {
5441 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5442 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5443 }
5444 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5445 {
5446 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5447
5448 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5449 lma += dotdelta;
5450 else
5451 {
5452 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5453 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5454 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5455 only align according to the value in the output
5456 statement. */
5457 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5458 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5459 "section alignment");
5460 if (section_alignment > 0)
5461 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5462 }
5463 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5464 }
5465 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5466 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5467 {
5468 bfd_vma lma;
5469 asection *last;
5470
5471 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5472
5473 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5474 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5475 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5476 create overlapping LMAs. */
5477 if (dot < last->vma
5478 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5479 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5480 {
5481 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5482 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5483 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5484 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5485 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5486
5487 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5488 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5489 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5490 }
5491 else
5492 {
5493 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5494 at the end of the previous section. */
5495 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5496 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5497
5498 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5499 as the previous section. */
5500 else
5501 lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5502
5503 if (section_alignment > 0)
5504 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5505 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5506 }
5507 }
5508 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5509
5510 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5511 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5512 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5513 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5514 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5515 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5516 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5517 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5518 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5519 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5520 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5521 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5522 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5523 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5524 if (((!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5525 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5526 || (r->last_os == NULL
5527 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5528 || (r->last_os != NULL
5529 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5530 .bfd_section->vma))))
5531 || os->sectype == first_overlay_section)
5532 && os->lma_region == NULL
5533 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5534 r->last_os = s;
5535
5536 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5537 break;
5538
5539 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5540 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5541 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5542 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5543 else
5544 dotdelta = 0;
5545 dot += dotdelta;
5546
5547 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5548 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5549
5550 /* Update dot in the region ?
5551 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5552 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5553 overall size in memory. */
5554 if (os->region != NULL
5555 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5556 {
5557 os->region->current = dot;
5558
5559 if (check_regions)
5560 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5561 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5562 os->bfd_section->vma);
5563
5564 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5565 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5566 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5567 {
5568 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5569
5570 if (check_regions)
5571 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5572 os->bfd_section->lma);
5573 }
5574 }
5575 }
5576 break;
5577
5578 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5579 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5580 output_section_statement,
5581 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5582 break;
5583
5584 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5585 {
5586 unsigned int size = 0;
5587
5588 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5589 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5590 s->data_statement.output_section =
5591 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5592
5593 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5594 need to mark them as needed. */
5595 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5596
5597 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5598 {
5599 default:
5600 abort ();
5601 case QUAD:
5602 case SQUAD:
5603 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5604 break;
5605 case LONG:
5606 size = LONG_SIZE;
5607 break;
5608 case SHORT:
5609 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5610 break;
5611 case BYTE:
5612 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5613 break;
5614 }
5615 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5616 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5617 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5618 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5619 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5620 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5621 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5622
5623 }
5624 break;
5625
5626 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5627 {
5628 int size;
5629
5630 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5631 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5632 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5633 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5634 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5635 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5636 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5637 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5638 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5639 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5640 }
5641 break;
5642
5643 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5644 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5645 output_section_statement,
5646 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5647 break;
5648
5649 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5650 link_info.create_object_symbols_section
5651 = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5652 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5653 break;
5654
5655 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5656 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5657 break;
5658
5659 case lang_input_section_enum:
5660 {
5661 asection *i;
5662
5663 i = s->input_section.section;
5664 if (relax)
5665 {
5666 bfd_boolean again;
5667
5668 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5669 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5670 if (again)
5671 *relax = TRUE;
5672 }
5673 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5674 fill, dot);
5675 }
5676 break;
5677
5678 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5679 break;
5680
5681 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5682 s->fill_statement.output_section =
5683 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5684
5685 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5686 break;
5687
5688 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5689 {
5690 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5691 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5692
5693 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5694
5695 exp_fold_tree (tree,
5696 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5697 &newdot);
5698
5699 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
5700
5701 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5702
5703 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
5704 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5705 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5706 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5707 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5708 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5709
5710 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5711 {
5712 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5713 {
5714 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5715 the default memory address. */
5716 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5717 FALSE)->current = newdot;
5718 }
5719 else if (newdot != dot)
5720 {
5721 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
5722 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5723 assignment references dot. */
5724 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5725 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5726
5727 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
5728 s = s->header.next;
5729
5730 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5731 should have space allocated to it, unless the
5732 user has explicitly stated that the section
5733 should not be allocated. */
5734 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5735 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5736 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5737 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5738 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5739 }
5740 dot = newdot;
5741 }
5742 }
5743 break;
5744
5745 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5746 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5747 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
5748 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5749 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
5750 will be added back in. */
5751 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5752
5753 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
5754 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5755 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5756 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5757 a pad size of zero. */
5758 s->padding_statement.output_offset
5759 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5760 break;
5761
5762 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5763 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5764 output_section_statement,
5765 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5766 break;
5767
5768 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5769 break;
5770
5771 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
5772 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5773 break;
5774
5775 default:
5776 FAIL ();
5777 break;
5778 }
5779 prev = &s->header.next;
5780 }
5781 return dot;
5782 }
5783
5784 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5785 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5786 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5787 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
5788
5789 bfd_boolean
5790 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5791 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5792 asection *current_section,
5793 asection *previous_section,
5794 bfd_boolean new_segment)
5795 {
5796 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
5797 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
5798
5799 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5800 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
5801 if (new_segment)
5802 return TRUE;
5803
5804 /* Paranoia checks. */
5805 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5806 return new_segment;
5807
5808 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5809 sections comingled in the same segment. */
5810 if (config.separate_code
5811 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5812 return TRUE;
5813
5814 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5815 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5816 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5817 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
5818 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5819 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5820
5821 /* More paranoia. */
5822 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5823 return new_segment;
5824
5825 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5826 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
5827 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5828 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
5829 return cur->region != prev->region;
5830 }
5831
5832 void
5833 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5834 {
5835 lang_statement_iteration++;
5836 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5837 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5838 }
5839
5840 static bfd_boolean
5841 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
5842 {
5843 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5844 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
5845 bfd_vma first, last;
5846
5847 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5848 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5849 if (first && last
5850 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
5851 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
5852 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
5853 {
5854 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
5855 return TRUE;
5856 }
5857
5858 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
5859 return FALSE;
5860 }
5861
5862 static bfd_vma
5863 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
5864 {
5865 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
5866 asection *sec;
5867
5868 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
5869 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
5870 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
5871
5872 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
5873 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
5874
5875 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
5876 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
5877 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5878 && sec->vma >= seg->base
5879 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
5880 {
5881 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
5882 desired? */
5883 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
5884
5885 end = start = sec->vma;
5886 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
5887 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
5888 bump = desired_end - end;
5889 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
5890 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
5891 start += bump;
5892 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
5893 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
5894 desired_end = start;
5895 }
5896
5897 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
5898 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
5899 seg->base = desired_end;
5900 return relro_end;
5901 }
5902
5903 static bfd_boolean
5904 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5905 {
5906 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
5907 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
5908 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
5909
5910 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5911 {
5912 do_data_relro = TRUE;
5913 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5914 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
5915 }
5916 else
5917 {
5918 do_data_relro = FALSE;
5919 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
5920 }
5921
5922 if (do_data_relro)
5923 {
5924 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5925 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5926
5927 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
5928 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
5929 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
5930 {
5931 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
5932 do_reset = TRUE;
5933 }
5934 }
5935
5936 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
5937 do_reset = TRUE;
5938
5939 return do_reset;
5940 }
5941
5942 void
5943 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5944 {
5945 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5946 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
5947
5948 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5949
5950 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
5951 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
5952
5953 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
5954 {
5955 bfd_boolean do_reset
5956 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
5957
5958 if (do_reset)
5959 {
5960 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5961 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5962 }
5963
5964 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5965 {
5966 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5967 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5968 }
5969 }
5970 }
5971
5972 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5973 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5974 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5975
5976 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
5977
5978 static bfd_vma
5979 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5980 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5981 fill_type *fill,
5982 bfd_vma dot,
5983 bfd_boolean *found_end)
5984 {
5985 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5986 {
5987 switch (s->header.type)
5988 {
5989 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5990 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5991 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5992 break;
5993
5994 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5995 {
5996 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5997 bfd_vma newdot;
5998
5999 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
6000 os->after_end = *found_end;
6001 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
6002 {
6003 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6004 {
6005 current_section = os;
6006 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6007 }
6008 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6009 }
6010 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
6011 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
6012 if (!os->ignored)
6013 {
6014 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6015 {
6016 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6017 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6018 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6019 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6020
6021 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
6022 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
6023 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6024 }
6025 else
6026 dot = newdot;
6027 }
6028 }
6029 break;
6030
6031 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6032
6033 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
6034 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6035 break;
6036
6037 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6038 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6039 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6040 break;
6041
6042 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6043 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6044 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6045 {
6046 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6047 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6048 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6049 }
6050 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6051 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6052 {
6053 unsigned int size;
6054 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6055 {
6056 default:
6057 abort ();
6058 case QUAD:
6059 case SQUAD:
6060 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6061 break;
6062 case LONG:
6063 size = LONG_SIZE;
6064 break;
6065 case SHORT:
6066 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6067 break;
6068 case BYTE:
6069 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6070 break;
6071 }
6072 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6073 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6074 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6075 }
6076 break;
6077
6078 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6079 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
6080 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6081 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6082 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6083 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6084 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6085 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6086 break;
6087
6088 case lang_input_section_enum:
6089 {
6090 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6091
6092 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6093 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6094 }
6095 break;
6096
6097 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6098 break;
6099
6100 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6101 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6102 break;
6103
6104 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6105 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6106 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6107 {
6108 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6109
6110 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6111 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
6112
6113 while (*p == '_')
6114 ++p;
6115 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6116 *found_end = TRUE;
6117 }
6118 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6119 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6120 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6121 &dot);
6122 break;
6123
6124 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6125 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6126 break;
6127
6128 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6129 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6130 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6131 break;
6132
6133 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6134 break;
6135
6136 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6137 break;
6138
6139 default:
6140 FAIL ();
6141 break;
6142 }
6143 }
6144 return dot;
6145 }
6146
6147 void
6148 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6149 {
6150 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
6151
6152 current_section = NULL;
6153 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6154 expld.phase = phase;
6155 lang_statement_iteration++;
6156 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6157 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6158 }
6159
6160 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6161 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6162 of "dot". */
6163
6164 asection *
6165 section_for_dot (void)
6166 {
6167 asection *s;
6168
6169 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6170 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6171 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6172 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6173 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6174 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6175 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6176 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6177 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6178 {
6179 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6180 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6181
6182 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6183 stmt != NULL;
6184 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6185 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6186 break;
6187
6188 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
6189 while (os != NULL
6190 && !os->after_end
6191 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6192 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6193 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6194 os->bfd_section)))
6195 os = os->next;
6196
6197 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6198 {
6199 if (os != NULL)
6200 s = os->bfd_section;
6201 else
6202 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6203 while (s != NULL
6204 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6205 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6206 s = s->prev;
6207 if (s != NULL)
6208 return s;
6209
6210 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6211 }
6212 }
6213
6214 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6215
6216 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6217 while (s != NULL
6218 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6219 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6220 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6221 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6222 s = s->prev;
6223 if (s == NULL)
6224 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6225 while (s != NULL
6226 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6227 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6228 s = s->next;
6229 if (s != NULL)
6230 return s;
6231
6232 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6233 }
6234
6235 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6236
6237 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6238 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6239 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6240
6241 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6242 to start_stop_syms. */
6243
6244 static void
6245 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6246 {
6247 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6248
6249 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6250 if (h != NULL)
6251 {
6252 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6253 {
6254 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6255 start_stop_syms
6256 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6257 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6258 }
6259 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6260 }
6261 }
6262
6263 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6264 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6265 preliminary definitions. */
6266
6267 static void
6268 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6269 {
6270 bfd *abfd;
6271 asection *s;
6272 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6273
6274 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6275 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6276 {
6277 const char *ps;
6278 const char *secname = s->name;
6279
6280 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6281 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6282 break;
6283 if (*ps == '\0')
6284 {
6285 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6286
6287 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6288 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6289 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6290
6291 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6292 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6293 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6294
6295 free (symbol);
6296 }
6297 }
6298 }
6299
6300 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6301
6302 static void
6303 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6304 {
6305 size_t i;
6306
6307 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6308 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6309 }
6310
6311 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6312 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6313 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6314 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6315 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6316
6317 static void
6318 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6319 {
6320 if (h->ldscript_def)
6321 return;
6322
6323 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6324 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6325 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6326 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6327 {
6328 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6329 h->u.def.section->name);
6330 if (sec != NULL)
6331 {
6332 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6333 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6334 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6335 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6336 if there is still an output section with section name
6337 SECNAME. */
6338 asection *i;
6339 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6340 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6341 {
6342 h->u.def.section = i;
6343 return;
6344 }
6345 }
6346 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6347 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6348 }
6349 }
6350
6351 static void
6352 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6353 {
6354 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6355 }
6356
6357 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6358 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6359 preliminary definitions. */
6360
6361 static void
6362 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6363 {
6364 asection *s;
6365
6366 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6367 {
6368 const char *secname = s->name;
6369 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6370
6371 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6372 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6373
6374 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6375 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6376 free (symbol);
6377 }
6378 }
6379
6380 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6381
6382 static void
6383 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6384 {
6385 if (h->ldscript_def
6386 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6387 return;
6388
6389 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6390 {
6391 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6392 .startof. already has final value. */
6393 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6394 {
6395 /* .sizeof. */
6396 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6397 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6398 }
6399 }
6400 else
6401 {
6402 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6403 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6404
6405 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6406 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6407 {
6408 /* __stop_ */
6409 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6410 }
6411 }
6412 }
6413
6414 static void
6415 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6416 {
6417 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6418 }
6419
6420 static void
6421 lang_end (void)
6422 {
6423 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6424 bfd_boolean warn;
6425
6426 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6427 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6428 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6429 else
6430 warn = TRUE;
6431
6432 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6433 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
6434 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6435 && link_info.gc_sections
6436 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported
6437 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6438 einfo (_("%F%P: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6439 "an undefined symbol\n"));
6440
6441 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6442 {
6443 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6444 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6445 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6446 warn = FALSE;
6447 }
6448
6449 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6450 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6451 if (h != NULL
6452 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6453 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6454 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6455 {
6456 bfd_vma val;
6457
6458 val = (h->u.def.value
6459 + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
6460 h->u.def.section->output_section)
6461 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6462 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6463 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6464 }
6465 else
6466 {
6467 bfd_vma val;
6468 const char *send;
6469
6470 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6471 number. */
6472 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6473 if (*send == '\0')
6474 {
6475 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6476 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6477 }
6478 else
6479 {
6480 asection *ts;
6481
6482 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6483 the first address in the text section. */
6484 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6485 if (ts != NULL)
6486 {
6487 if (warn)
6488 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6489 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6490 entry_symbol.name,
6491 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
6492 if (!(bfd_set_start_address
6493 (link_info.output_bfd,
6494 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
6495 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6496 }
6497 else
6498 {
6499 if (warn)
6500 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6501 " not setting start address\n"),
6502 entry_symbol.name);
6503 }
6504 }
6505 }
6506 }
6507
6508 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6509 BFD. */
6510
6511 static void
6512 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6513 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6514 {
6515 /* Don't do anything. */
6516 }
6517
6518 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6519 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6520 other checking that is needed. */
6521
6522 static void
6523 lang_check (void)
6524 {
6525 lang_input_statement_type *file;
6526 bfd *input_bfd;
6527 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6528
6529 for (file = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
6530 file != NULL;
6531 file = file->next)
6532 {
6533 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6534 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6535 if (file->flags.claimed)
6536 continue;
6537 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6538 input_bfd = file->the_bfd;
6539 compatible
6540 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6541 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6542
6543 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6544 link between differing object formats when the input
6545 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6546 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6547 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6548 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6549 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6550 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6551 && (compatible == NULL
6552 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6553 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6554 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6555 {
6556 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
6557 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
6558 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6559 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6560 /* einfo with %F exits. */
6561 }
6562
6563 if (compatible == NULL)
6564 {
6565 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6566 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
6567 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6568 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6569 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6570 }
6571 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6572 {
6573 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6574 private data of the output bfd. */
6575
6576 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6577
6578 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6579 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6580 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
6581 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6582 information which is needed in the output file. */
6583 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6584 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6585 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6586 {
6587 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6588 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
6589 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
6590 }
6591 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6592 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6593 }
6594 }
6595 }
6596
6597 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6598 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6599 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
6600
6601 static void
6602 lang_common (void)
6603 {
6604 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6605 return;
6606 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6607 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6608 return;
6609
6610 if (!config.sort_common)
6611 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6612 else
6613 {
6614 unsigned int power;
6615
6616 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6617 {
6618 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6619 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6620
6621 power = 0;
6622 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6623 }
6624 else
6625 {
6626 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6627 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6628
6629 power = (unsigned int) -1;
6630 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6631 }
6632 }
6633 }
6634
6635 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
6636
6637 static bfd_boolean
6638 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6639 {
6640 unsigned int power_of_two;
6641 bfd_vma size;
6642 asection *section;
6643
6644 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6645 return TRUE;
6646
6647 size = h->u.c.size;
6648 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6649
6650 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6651 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6652 return TRUE;
6653 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6654 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6655 return TRUE;
6656
6657 section = h->u.c.p->section;
6658 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6659 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
6660 h->root.string);
6661
6662 if (config.map_file != NULL)
6663 {
6664 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6665 int len;
6666 char *name;
6667 char buf[50];
6668
6669 if (!header_printed)
6670 {
6671 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6672 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
6673 header_printed = TRUE;
6674 }
6675
6676 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6677 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6678 if (name == NULL)
6679 {
6680 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6681 len = strlen (h->root.string);
6682 }
6683 else
6684 {
6685 minfo ("%s", name);
6686 len = strlen (name);
6687 free (name);
6688 }
6689
6690 if (len >= 19)
6691 {
6692 print_nl ();
6693 len = 0;
6694 }
6695 while (len < 20)
6696 {
6697 print_space ();
6698 ++len;
6699 }
6700
6701 minfo ("0x");
6702 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6703 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6704 else
6705 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6706 minfo ("%s", buf);
6707 len = strlen (buf);
6708
6709 while (len < 16)
6710 {
6711 print_space ();
6712 ++len;
6713 }
6714
6715 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
6716 }
6717
6718 return TRUE;
6719 }
6720
6721 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6722 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6723 option are handled here. */
6724
6725 static void
6726 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6727 {
6728 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6729 {
6730 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6731 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6732 TRUE);
6733 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6734 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6735 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6736 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6737 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6738 }
6739 else
6740 {
6741 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6742 const char *name = s->name;
6743 int constraint = 0;
6744
6745 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6746 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
6747 s, s->owner);
6748
6749 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6750 constraint = SPECIAL;
6751
6752 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6753 if (os == NULL)
6754 {
6755 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6756 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6757 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6758 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6759 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6760 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6761 }
6762
6763 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6764 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
6765 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
6766 s, s->owner, os->name);
6767 }
6768 }
6769
6770 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6771 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
6772 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
6773
6774 static void
6775 lang_place_orphans (void)
6776 {
6777 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6778 {
6779 asection *s;
6780
6781 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6782 {
6783 if (s->output_section == NULL)
6784 {
6785 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6786 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
6787
6788 if (file->flags.just_syms)
6789 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6790 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
6791 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6792 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6793 {
6794 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6795 come from an archive. We attach to the section
6796 with the wildcard. */
6797 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6798 || command_line.force_common_definition)
6799 {
6800 if (default_common_section == NULL)
6801 default_common_section
6802 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6803 TRUE);
6804 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6805 NULL, default_common_section);
6806 }
6807 }
6808 else
6809 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
6810 }
6811 }
6812 }
6813 }
6814
6815 void
6816 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6817 {
6818 flagword *ptr_flags;
6819
6820 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6821
6822 while (*flags)
6823 {
6824 switch (*flags)
6825 {
6826 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
6827 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
6828 case '!':
6829 invert = !invert;
6830 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6831 break;
6832
6833 case 'A': case 'a':
6834 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6835 break;
6836
6837 case 'R': case 'r':
6838 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6839 break;
6840
6841 case 'W': case 'w':
6842 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6843 break;
6844
6845 case 'X': case 'x':
6846 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6847 break;
6848
6849 case 'L': case 'l':
6850 case 'I': case 'i':
6851 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6852 break;
6853
6854 default:
6855 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
6856 *flags, *flags);
6857 break;
6858 }
6859 flags++;
6860 }
6861 }
6862
6863 /* Call a function on each real input file. This function will be
6864 called on an archive, but not on the elements. */
6865
6866 void
6867 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6868 {
6869 lang_input_statement_type *f;
6870
6871 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6872 f != NULL;
6873 f = f->next_real_file)
6874 if (f->flags.real)
6875 func (f);
6876 }
6877
6878 /* Call a function on each real file. The function will be called on
6879 all the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but
6880 will not be called on the archive file itself. */
6881
6882 void
6883 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6884 {
6885 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6886 {
6887 if (f->flags.real)
6888 func (f);
6889 }
6890 }
6891
6892 void
6893 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6894 {
6895 lang_statement_append (&file_chain, entry, &entry->next);
6896
6897 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6898 a link. */
6899 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
6900 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6901
6902 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6903 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
6904 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6905 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6906
6907 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6908 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
6909 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6910 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6911 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6912 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6913 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
6914 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
6915 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
6916
6917 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6918 }
6919
6920 void
6921 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6922 {
6923 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
6924 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6925 {
6926 output_filename = name;
6927 had_output_filename = TRUE;
6928 }
6929 }
6930
6931 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6932 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6933 etree_type *address_exp,
6934 enum section_type sectype,
6935 etree_type *align,
6936 etree_type *subalign,
6937 etree_type *ebase,
6938 int constraint,
6939 int align_with_input)
6940 {
6941 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6942
6943 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6944 constraint, TRUE);
6945 current_section = os;
6946
6947 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6948 {
6949 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6950 }
6951 os->sectype = sectype;
6952 if (sectype != noload_section)
6953 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6954 else
6955 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6956 os->block_value = 1;
6957
6958 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
6959 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6960
6961 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
6962 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
6963 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
6964 NULL);
6965
6966 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
6967 os->section_alignment = align;
6968
6969 os->load_base = ebase;
6970 return os;
6971 }
6972
6973 void
6974 lang_final (void)
6975 {
6976 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6977
6978 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6979 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6980 }
6981
6982 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
6983
6984 void
6985 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6986 {
6987 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6988 asection *o;
6989 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6990
6991 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6992 {
6993 p->current = p->origin;
6994 p->last_os = NULL;
6995 }
6996
6997 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
6998 os != NULL;
6999 os = os->next)
7000 {
7001 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
7002 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
7003 }
7004
7005 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7006 {
7007 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
7008 o->rawsize = o->size;
7009 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
7010 o->size = 0;
7011 }
7012 }
7013
7014 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
7015
7016 static void
7017 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
7018 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7019 asection *section,
7020 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7021 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7022 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7023 {
7024 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
7025 should be as well. */
7026 if (ptr->keep_sections)
7027 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7028 }
7029
7030 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
7031
7032 static void
7033 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
7034 {
7035 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7036 {
7037 switch (s->header.type)
7038 {
7039 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7040 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
7041 break;
7042 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7043 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
7044 break;
7045 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7046 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
7047 break;
7048 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7049 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7050 break;
7051 default:
7052 break;
7053 }
7054 }
7055 }
7056
7057 static void
7058 lang_gc_sections (void)
7059 {
7060 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7061 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7062
7063 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7064 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7065 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7066 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7067 {
7068 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7069 {
7070 asection *sec;
7071 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7072 if (f->flags.claimed)
7073 continue;
7074 #endif
7075 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7076 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
7077 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7078 }
7079 }
7080
7081 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7082 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7083 }
7084
7085 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7086
7087 static void
7088 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7089 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7090 asection *section,
7091 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7092 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7093 void *data)
7094 {
7095 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7096 size. */
7097 if (section->output_section != NULL
7098 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7099 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7100 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7101 && section->size != 0)
7102 {
7103 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
7104 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
7105 }
7106 }
7107
7108 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7109
7110 static void
7111 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7112 seg_align_type *seg,
7113 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
7114 {
7115 if (*has_relro_section)
7116 return;
7117
7118 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7119 {
7120 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
7121 break;
7122
7123 switch (s->header.type)
7124 {
7125 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7126 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7127 find_relro_section_callback,
7128 has_relro_section);
7129 break;
7130 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7131 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7132 seg, has_relro_section);
7133 break;
7134 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7135 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7136 seg, has_relro_section);
7137 break;
7138 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7139 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7140 seg, has_relro_section);
7141 break;
7142 default:
7143 break;
7144 }
7145 }
7146 }
7147
7148 static void
7149 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7150 {
7151 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
7152
7153 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7154
7155 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7156 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
7157
7158 if (!has_relro_section)
7159 link_info.relro = FALSE;
7160 }
7161
7162 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7163
7164 void
7165 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
7166 {
7167 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
7168 {
7169 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7170 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7171
7172 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7173 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7174
7175 while (i--)
7176 {
7177 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7178 bfd_boolean relax_again;
7179
7180 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7181 do
7182 {
7183 link_info.relax_trip++;
7184
7185 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7186 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7187 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7188
7189 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7190 section sizes. */
7191 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7192
7193 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7194 size. */
7195 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7196
7197 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7198 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7199 relax_again = FALSE;
7200 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
7201 }
7202 while (relax_again);
7203
7204 link_info.relax_pass++;
7205 }
7206 need_layout = TRUE;
7207 }
7208
7209 if (need_layout)
7210 {
7211 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7212 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7213 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7214 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
7215 }
7216 }
7217
7218 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7219 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7220 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7221 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7222 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7223 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7224 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7225 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7226 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7227 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7228 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7229
7230 static lang_input_statement_type *
7231 find_replacements_insert_point (bfd_boolean *before)
7232 {
7233 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7234 lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7235 for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
7236 claim1 != NULL;
7237 claim1 = claim1->next)
7238 {
7239 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7240 {
7241 *before = claim1->flags.claim_archive;
7242 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7243 }
7244 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7245 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7246 lastobject = claim1;
7247 }
7248 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7249 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7250 insert point. */
7251 *before = FALSE;
7252 return lastobject;
7253 }
7254
7255 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7256 added during a rescan. */
7257
7258 static lang_input_statement_type **
7259 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7260 {
7261 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7262 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7263 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7264 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7265 lang_input_statement_type **iter = NULL;
7266
7267 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7268 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7269
7270 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7271 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7272 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7273 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7274 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7275 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7276 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7277 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7278 f != NULL;
7279 f = f->next_real_file)
7280 {
7281 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7282 {
7283 before = last_loaded;
7284 if (f->next != NULL)
7285 return &f->next->next;
7286 }
7287 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7288 last_loaded = f;
7289 }
7290
7291 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7292 *iter != NULL;
7293 iter = &(*iter)->next)
7294 if (!(*iter)->flags.claim_archive
7295 && (*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7296 break;
7297
7298 return iter;
7299 }
7300
7301 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7302 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7303 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7304
7305 static void
7306 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7307 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7308 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7309 {
7310 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7311 *field = srclist->head;
7312 if (destlist->tail == field)
7313 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7314 }
7315
7316 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7317 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7318
7319 static void
7320 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7321 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7322 {
7323 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7324 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7325 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7326 savetail = origlist->tail;
7327 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7328 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7329 destlist->tail = savetail;
7330 *savetail = NULL;
7331 }
7332
7333 static lang_statement_union_type **
7334 find_next_input_statement (lang_statement_union_type **s)
7335 {
7336 for ( ; *s; s = &(*s)->header.next)
7337 {
7338 lang_statement_union_type **t;
7339 switch ((*s)->header.type)
7340 {
7341 case lang_input_statement_enum:
7342 return s;
7343 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7344 t = &(*s)->wild_statement.children.head;
7345 break;
7346 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7347 t = &(*s)->group_statement.children.head;
7348 break;
7349 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7350 t = &(*s)->output_section_statement.children.head;
7351 break;
7352 default:
7353 continue;
7354 }
7355 t = find_next_input_statement (t);
7356 if (*t)
7357 return t;
7358 }
7359 return s;
7360 }
7361 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7362
7363 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7364
7365 void
7366 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7367 {
7368 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7369
7370 if (name == NULL)
7371 return;
7372
7373 sym = stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7374
7375 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7376 sym->name = name;
7377 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7378 }
7379
7380 /* Check relocations. */
7381
7382 static void
7383 lang_check_relocs (void)
7384 {
7385 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7386 {
7387 bfd *abfd;
7388
7389 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7390 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7391 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7392 {
7393 /* No object output, fail return. */
7394 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7395 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7396 continue the scan in case there are other
7397 bad relocations to report. */
7398 }
7399 }
7400 }
7401
7402 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7403 propagate forward the lma region. */
7404
7405 static void
7406 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7407 {
7408 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7409
7410 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
7411 os != NULL;
7412 os = os->next)
7413 {
7414 if (os->prev != NULL
7415 && os->lma_region == NULL
7416 && os->load_base == NULL
7417 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7418 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7419 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7420 }
7421 }
7422
7423 void
7424 lang_process (void)
7425 {
7426 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7427 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7428 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7429
7430 current_target = default_target;
7431
7432 /* Open the output file. */
7433 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7434 init_opb ();
7435
7436 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7437
7438 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7439 lang_place_undefineds ();
7440
7441 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7442 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
7443
7444 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7445 current_target = default_target;
7446 lang_statement_iteration++;
7447 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7448 /* open_input_bfds also handles assignments, so we can give values
7449 to symbolic origin/length now. */
7450 lang_do_memory_regions ();
7451
7452 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7453 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7454 {
7455 lang_statement_list_type added;
7456 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7457
7458 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7459 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7460 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7461 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7462 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7463 file. */
7464 added = *stat_ptr;
7465 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7466 files = file_chain;
7467 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7468 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7469 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7470 plugin_error_plugin ());
7471 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7472 plugin_undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
7473 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7474 if (plugin_undefs == link_info.hash->undefs_tail)
7475 plugin_undefs = NULL;
7476 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7477 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7478 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7479 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7480 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7481 /* Were any new files added? */
7482 if (added.head != NULL)
7483 {
7484 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7485 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin,
7486 unless that file was an archive in which case it is inserted
7487 immediately before. */
7488 bfd_boolean before;
7489 lang_statement_union_type **prev;
7490 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point (&before);
7491 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7492 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7493 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7494 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7495 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7496 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7497 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
7498 if (before)
7499 {
7500 prev = find_next_input_statement (prev);
7501 if (*prev != (void *) plugin_insert->next_real_file)
7502 {
7503 /* We didn't find the expected input statement.
7504 This can happen due to lookup_name creating input
7505 statements not linked into the statement list. */
7506 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
7507 }
7508 }
7509 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added, prev);
7510 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7511 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7512 (void *) &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7513 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7514 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7515 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7516 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7517 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files,
7518 (void *) &plugin_insert->next);
7519 else
7520 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7521
7522 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7523 files = file_chain;
7524 lang_statement_iteration++;
7525 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7526 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7527 while (files.head != NULL)
7528 {
7529 lang_input_statement_type **insert;
7530 lang_input_statement_type **iter, *temp;
7531 bfd *my_arch;
7532
7533 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7534 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7535 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7536 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7537 if (my_arch != NULL)
7538 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->next)
7539 if ((*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7540 break;
7541 temp = *insert;
7542 *insert = &files.head->input_statement;
7543 files.head = (lang_statement_union_type *) *iter;
7544 *iter = temp;
7545 if (my_arch != NULL)
7546 {
7547 lang_input_statement_type *parent = my_arch->usrdata;
7548 if (parent != NULL)
7549 parent->next = (lang_input_statement_type *)
7550 ((char *) iter
7551 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7552 }
7553 }
7554 }
7555 }
7556 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7557
7558 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7559 before now. */
7560 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7561
7562 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7563
7564 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7565 {
7566 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7567
7568 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7569 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
7570 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7571 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7572 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7573 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
7574 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7575 points for garbage collection resolution. */
7576 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7577 }
7578
7579 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7580 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7581
7582 ldemul_after_open ();
7583 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7584 lang_print_asneeded ();
7585
7586 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7587
7588 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
7589 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7590 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7591 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7592 link. */
7593 lang_check ();
7594
7595 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
7596 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7597 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7598
7599 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7600 files. */
7601 ldctor_build_sets ();
7602
7603 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7604 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7605 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
7606 if (config.build_constructors)
7607 lang_init_start_stop ();
7608
7609 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7610 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
7611 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7612 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7613
7614 /* Size up the common data. */
7615 lang_common ();
7616
7617 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
7618 lang_gc_sections ();
7619
7620 /* Check relocations. */
7621 lang_check_relocs ();
7622
7623 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7624
7625 /* Update wild statements. */
7626 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7627
7628 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7629 to the correct output sections. */
7630 lang_statement_iteration++;
7631 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7632
7633 /* Start at the statement immediately after the special abs_section
7634 output statement, so that it isn't reordered. */
7635 process_insert_statements (&lang_os_list.head->header.next);
7636
7637 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
7638 lang_place_orphans ();
7639
7640 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7641 {
7642 asection *found;
7643
7644 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
7645 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
7646 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
7647 is hard then. */
7648 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7649
7650 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
7651 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
7652
7653 if (found != NULL)
7654 {
7655 if (config.text_read_only)
7656 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7657 else
7658 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
7659 }
7660 }
7661
7662 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
7663 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
7664
7665 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
7666 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
7667 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
7668 if (config.build_constructors)
7669 lang_undef_start_stop ();
7670
7671 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
7672 dynamic symbols are created. */
7673 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7674 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
7675
7676 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
7677 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
7678 ldemul_before_allocation ();
7679
7680 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
7681 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
7682 lang_record_phdrs ();
7683
7684 /* Check relro sections. */
7685 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7686 lang_find_relro_sections ();
7687
7688 /* Size up the sections. */
7689 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
7690
7691 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
7692 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
7693 ldemul_after_allocation ();
7694
7695 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
7696 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
7697
7698 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
7699 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
7700 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
7701 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
7702 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
7703 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
7704
7705 ldemul_finish ();
7706
7707 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
7708 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
7709
7710 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
7711 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
7712 lang_check_section_addresses ();
7713
7714 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
7715 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
7716
7717 lang_end ();
7718 }
7719
7720 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
7721
7722 void
7723 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
7724 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
7725 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
7726 {
7727 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
7728 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
7729
7730 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
7731 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
7732 curr != NULL;
7733 section_list = curr, curr = next)
7734 {
7735 next = curr->next;
7736 curr->next = section_list;
7737 }
7738
7739 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
7740 {
7741 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
7742 filespec->name = NULL;
7743 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
7744 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
7745 }
7746
7747 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
7748 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
7749 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
7750 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
7751 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
7752 if (filespec != NULL)
7753 {
7754 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
7755 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
7756 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
7757 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
7758 }
7759 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
7760 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
7761 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
7762 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
7763 }
7764
7765 void
7766 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
7767 const segment_type *segment)
7768 {
7769 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
7770
7771 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
7772 ad->section_name = name;
7773 ad->address = address;
7774 ad->segment = segment;
7775 }
7776
7777 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
7778 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
7779 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
7780 precedence. */
7781
7782 void
7783 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
7784 {
7785 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
7786 || cmdline
7787 || !entry_from_cmdline)
7788 {
7789 entry_symbol.name = name;
7790 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
7791 }
7792 }
7793
7794 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
7795 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
7796 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
7797 must be permanently allocated. */
7798 void
7799 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
7800 {
7801 entry_symbol_default = name;
7802 }
7803
7804 void
7805 lang_add_target (const char *name)
7806 {
7807 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
7808
7809 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
7810 new_stmt->target = name;
7811 }
7812
7813 void
7814 lang_add_map (const char *name)
7815 {
7816 while (*name)
7817 {
7818 switch (*name)
7819 {
7820 case 'F':
7821 map_option_f = TRUE;
7822 break;
7823 }
7824 name++;
7825 }
7826 }
7827
7828 void
7829 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
7830 {
7831 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
7832
7833 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
7834 new_stmt->fill = fill;
7835 }
7836
7837 void
7838 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
7839 {
7840 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
7841
7842 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
7843 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7844 new_stmt->type = type;
7845 }
7846
7847 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
7848 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
7849 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
7850 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
7851 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
7852 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
7853
7854 void
7855 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
7856 reloc_howto_type *howto,
7857 asection *section,
7858 const char *name,
7859 union etree_union *addend)
7860 {
7861 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
7862
7863 p->reloc = reloc;
7864 p->howto = howto;
7865 p->section = section;
7866 p->name = name;
7867 p->addend_exp = addend;
7868
7869 p->addend_value = 0;
7870 p->output_section = NULL;
7871 p->output_offset = 0;
7872 }
7873
7874 lang_assignment_statement_type *
7875 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
7876 {
7877 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
7878
7879 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
7880 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7881 return new_stmt;
7882 }
7883
7884 void
7885 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
7886 {
7887 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
7888 }
7889
7890 void
7891 lang_startup (const char *name)
7892 {
7893 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
7894 {
7895 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
7896 }
7897 first_file->filename = name;
7898 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
7899 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
7900 }
7901
7902 void
7903 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
7904 {
7905 lang_float_flag = maybe;
7906 }
7907
7908
7909 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
7910 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
7911
7912 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
7913 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
7914 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
7915 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
7916 had an explicit load address.
7917
7918 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
7919
7920 static void
7921 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
7922 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
7923 const char *memspec,
7924 const char *lma_memspec,
7925 bfd_boolean have_lma,
7926 bfd_boolean have_vma)
7927 {
7928 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
7929
7930 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
7931 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
7932 as well. */
7933 if (lma_memspec != NULL
7934 && !have_vma
7935 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
7936 *region = *lma_region;
7937 else
7938 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
7939
7940 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
7941 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
7942 NULL);
7943 }
7944
7945 void
7946 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
7947 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7948 const char *lma_memspec)
7949 {
7950 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7951 &current_section->lma_region,
7952 memspec, lma_memspec,
7953 current_section->load_base != NULL,
7954 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7955
7956 current_section->fill = fill;
7957 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7958 pop_stat_ptr ();
7959 }
7960
7961 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
7962
7963 void
7964 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7965 const char *big,
7966 const char *little,
7967 int from_script)
7968 {
7969 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7970 {
7971 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7972 && big != NULL)
7973 format = big;
7974 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7975 && little != NULL)
7976 format = little;
7977
7978 output_target = format;
7979 }
7980 }
7981
7982 void
7983 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7984 {
7985 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7986
7987 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7988 new_stmt->where = where;
7989 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7990 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7991 }
7992
7993 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7994 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
7995
7996 void
7997 lang_enter_group (void)
7998 {
7999 lang_group_statement_type *g;
8000
8001 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
8002 lang_list_init (&g->children);
8003 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
8004 }
8005
8006 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
8007 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
8008 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
8009 but currently they can't. */
8010
8011 void
8012 lang_leave_group (void)
8013 {
8014 pop_stat_ptr ();
8015 }
8016
8017 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
8018 command in a linker script. */
8019
8020 void
8021 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
8022 etree_type *type,
8023 bfd_boolean filehdr,
8024 bfd_boolean phdrs,
8025 etree_type *at,
8026 etree_type *flags)
8027 {
8028 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
8029 bfd_boolean hdrs;
8030
8031 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
8032 n->next = NULL;
8033 n->name = name;
8034 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
8035 n->filehdr = filehdr;
8036 n->phdrs = phdrs;
8037 n->at = at;
8038 n->flags = flags;
8039
8040 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
8041
8042 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8043 if (hdrs
8044 && (*pp)->type == 1
8045 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
8046 {
8047 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
8048 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
8049 hdrs = FALSE;
8050 }
8051
8052 *pp = n;
8053 }
8054
8055 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
8056 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
8057
8058 static void
8059 lang_record_phdrs (void)
8060 {
8061 unsigned int alc;
8062 asection **secs;
8063 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
8064 struct lang_phdr *l;
8065 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8066
8067 alc = 10;
8068 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
8069 last = NULL;
8070
8071 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
8072 {
8073 unsigned int c;
8074 flagword flags;
8075 bfd_vma at;
8076
8077 c = 0;
8078 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
8079 os != NULL;
8080 os = os->next)
8081 {
8082 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8083
8084 if (os->constraint < 0)
8085 continue;
8086
8087 pl = os->phdrs;
8088 if (pl != NULL)
8089 last = pl;
8090 else
8091 {
8092 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8093 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8094 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8095 continue;
8096
8097 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8098 if (l->type == 3)
8099 continue;
8100
8101 if (last == NULL)
8102 {
8103 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8104
8105 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8106 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8107 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8108 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8109 header and there are sections in that script which are
8110 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8111 use of that header. See here for more details:
8112 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8113 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8114 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8115 {
8116 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8117 break;
8118 }
8119 if (last == NULL)
8120 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8121 }
8122 pl = last;
8123 }
8124
8125 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8126 continue;
8127
8128 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8129 {
8130 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8131 {
8132 if (c >= alc)
8133 {
8134 alc *= 2;
8135 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8136 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8137 }
8138 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8139 ++c;
8140 pl->used = TRUE;
8141 }
8142 }
8143 }
8144
8145 if (l->flags == NULL)
8146 flags = 0;
8147 else
8148 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8149
8150 if (l->at == NULL)
8151 at = 0;
8152 else
8153 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8154
8155 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8156 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8157 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8158 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8159 }
8160
8161 free (secs);
8162
8163 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8164 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
8165 os != NULL;
8166 os = os->next)
8167 {
8168 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8169
8170 if (os->constraint < 0
8171 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8172 continue;
8173
8174 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8175 pl != NULL;
8176 pl = pl->next)
8177 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8178 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8179 os->name, pl->name);
8180 }
8181 }
8182
8183 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8184
8185 void
8186 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8187 {
8188 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8189
8190 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8191 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8192 n->list = l;
8193 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
8194 nocrossref_list = n;
8195
8196 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8197 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
8198 }
8199
8200 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8201
8202 void
8203 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8204 {
8205 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8206 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
8207 }
8208 \f
8209 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8210
8211 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8212 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8213 /* And subsection alignment. */
8214 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8215
8216 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8217 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8218
8219 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8220
8221 struct overlay_list {
8222 struct overlay_list *next;
8223 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8224 };
8225
8226 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8227
8228 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8229
8230 void
8231 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8232 {
8233 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8234 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8235 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8236 && overlay_max == NULL);
8237
8238 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8239 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8240 }
8241
8242 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8243 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8244 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8245
8246 void
8247 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8248 {
8249 struct overlay_list *n;
8250 etree_type *size;
8251
8252 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8253 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8254
8255 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8256 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8257 used in the addresses. */
8258 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8259 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8260
8261 /* Remember the section. */
8262 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8263 n->os = current_section;
8264 n->next = overlay_list;
8265 overlay_list = n;
8266
8267 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8268
8269 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8270 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8271 overlay_max = size;
8272 else
8273 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8274 }
8275
8276 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8277 here. */
8278
8279 void
8280 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8281 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8282 {
8283 const char *name;
8284 char *clean, *s2;
8285 const char *s1;
8286 char *buf;
8287
8288 name = current_section->name;
8289
8290 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8291 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8292 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8293 override it. */
8294 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8295
8296 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8297
8298 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8299 s2 = clean;
8300 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8301 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8302 *s2++ = *s1;
8303 *s2 = '\0';
8304
8305 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8306 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8307 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8308 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8309 FALSE));
8310
8311 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8312 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8313 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8314 exp_binop ('+',
8315 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8316 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8317 FALSE));
8318
8319 free (clean);
8320 }
8321
8322 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8323 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8324
8325 void
8326 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8327 int nocrossrefs,
8328 fill_type *fill,
8329 const char *memspec,
8330 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8331 const char *lma_memspec)
8332 {
8333 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8334 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8335 struct overlay_list *l;
8336 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8337
8338 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8339 memspec, lma_memspec,
8340 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8341
8342 nocrossref = NULL;
8343
8344 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8345 overlay region. */
8346 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8347 {
8348 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8349 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8350 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8351 }
8352
8353 l = overlay_list;
8354 while (l != NULL)
8355 {
8356 struct overlay_list *next;
8357
8358 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8359 l->os->fill = fill;
8360
8361 l->os->region = region;
8362 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8363
8364 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8365 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8366 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8367 an LMA region was specified. */
8368 if (l->next == 0)
8369 {
8370 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8371 l->os->sectype = first_overlay_section;
8372 }
8373 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8374 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8375
8376 if (nocrossrefs)
8377 {
8378 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8379
8380 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8381 nc->name = l->os->name;
8382 nc->next = nocrossref;
8383 nocrossref = nc;
8384 }
8385
8386 next = l->next;
8387 free (l);
8388 l = next;
8389 }
8390
8391 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8392 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8393
8394 overlay_vma = NULL;
8395 overlay_list = NULL;
8396 overlay_max = NULL;
8397 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8398 }
8399 \f
8400 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8401
8402 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8403 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8404 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8405
8406 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8407 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8408 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8409 const char *sym)
8410 {
8411 const char *c_sym;
8412 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8413 const char *java_sym = sym;
8414 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8415 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8416
8417 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8418 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8419 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8420 if (!c_sym)
8421 c_sym = sym;
8422 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8423
8424 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8425 {
8426 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8427 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8428 if (!cxx_sym)
8429 cxx_sym = sym;
8430 }
8431 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8432 {
8433 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8434 if (!java_sym)
8435 java_sym = sym;
8436 }
8437
8438 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8439 {
8440 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8441
8442 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8443 {
8444 case 0:
8445 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8446 {
8447 e.pattern = c_sym;
8448 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8449 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8450 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8451 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8452 goto out_ret;
8453 else
8454 expr = expr->next;
8455 }
8456 /* Fallthrough */
8457 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8458 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8459 {
8460 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8461 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8462 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8463 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8464 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8465 goto out_ret;
8466 else
8467 expr = expr->next;
8468 }
8469 /* Fallthrough */
8470 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8471 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8472 {
8473 e.pattern = java_sym;
8474 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8475 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8476 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8477 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8478 goto out_ret;
8479 else
8480 expr = expr->next;
8481 }
8482 /* Fallthrough */
8483 default:
8484 break;
8485 }
8486 }
8487
8488 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8489 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8490 expr = head->remaining;
8491 else
8492 expr = prev->next;
8493 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8494 {
8495 const char *s;
8496
8497 if (!expr->pattern)
8498 continue;
8499
8500 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8501 break;
8502
8503 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8504 s = java_sym;
8505 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8506 s = cxx_sym;
8507 else
8508 s = c_sym;
8509 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8510 break;
8511 }
8512
8513 out_ret:
8514 if (c_sym != sym)
8515 free ((char *) c_sym);
8516 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8517 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8518 if (java_sym != sym)
8519 free ((char *) java_sym);
8520 return expr;
8521 }
8522
8523 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8524 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8525
8526 static const char *
8527 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8528 {
8529 const char *p;
8530 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8531 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8532
8533 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8534 {
8535 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8536 backslash. */
8537 if (backslash)
8538 {
8539 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8540 *(s - 1) = *p;
8541 backslash = FALSE;
8542 changed = TRUE;
8543 }
8544 else
8545 {
8546 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8547 {
8548 free (symbol);
8549 return NULL;
8550 }
8551
8552 *s++ = *p;
8553 backslash = *p == '\\';
8554 }
8555 }
8556
8557 if (changed)
8558 {
8559 *s = '\0';
8560 return symbol;
8561 }
8562 else
8563 {
8564 free (symbol);
8565 return pattern;
8566 }
8567 }
8568
8569 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
8570 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8571 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
8572
8573 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8574 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8575 const char *new_name,
8576 const char *lang,
8577 bfd_boolean literal_p)
8578 {
8579 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8580
8581 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8582 ret->next = orig;
8583 ret->symver = 0;
8584 ret->script = 0;
8585 ret->literal = TRUE;
8586 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8587 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8588 {
8589 ret->pattern = new_name;
8590 ret->literal = FALSE;
8591 }
8592
8593 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8594 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8595 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8596 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8597 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8598 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8599 else
8600 {
8601 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8602 lang);
8603 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8604 }
8605
8606 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8607 }
8608
8609 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8610 expressions. */
8611
8612 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8613 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8614 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8615 {
8616 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8617
8618 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8619 ret->globals.list = globals;
8620 ret->locals.list = locals;
8621 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8622 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8623 return ret;
8624 }
8625
8626 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
8627
8628 static int version_index;
8629
8630 static hashval_t
8631 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8632 {
8633 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8634 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8635
8636 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
8637 }
8638
8639 static int
8640 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
8641 {
8642 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
8643 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
8644 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
8645 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
8646
8647 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
8648 }
8649
8650 static void
8651 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
8652 {
8653 size_t count = 0;
8654 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
8655 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
8656
8657 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
8658 {
8659 if (e->literal)
8660 count++;
8661 head->mask |= e->mask;
8662 }
8663
8664 if (count)
8665 {
8666 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
8667 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
8668 list_loc = &head->list;
8669 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
8670 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
8671 {
8672 next = e->next;
8673 if (!e->literal)
8674 {
8675 *remaining_loc = e;
8676 remaining_loc = &e->next;
8677 }
8678 else
8679 {
8680 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
8681
8682 if (*loc)
8683 {
8684 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
8685
8686 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
8687 last = NULL;
8688 do
8689 {
8690 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
8691 {
8692 last = NULL;
8693 break;
8694 }
8695 last = e1;
8696 e1 = e1->next;
8697 }
8698 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
8699
8700 if (last == NULL)
8701 {
8702 /* This is a duplicate. */
8703 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
8704 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
8705 /* free (e->pattern); */
8706 free (e);
8707 }
8708 else
8709 {
8710 e->next = last->next;
8711 last->next = e;
8712 }
8713 }
8714 else
8715 {
8716 *loc = e;
8717 *list_loc = e;
8718 list_loc = &e->next;
8719 }
8720 }
8721 }
8722 *remaining_loc = NULL;
8723 *list_loc = head->remaining;
8724 }
8725 else
8726 head->remaining = head->list;
8727 }
8728
8729 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
8730 version. */
8731
8732 void
8733 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
8734 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
8735 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
8736 {
8737 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
8738 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
8739
8740 if (name == NULL)
8741 name = "";
8742
8743 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
8744 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
8745 {
8746 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
8747 " with other version tags\n"));
8748 free (version);
8749 return;
8750 }
8751
8752 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
8753 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8754 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8755 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
8756
8757 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
8758 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
8759
8760 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
8761 aren't any duplicates. */
8762
8763 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8764 {
8765 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8766 {
8767 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8768
8769 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
8770 {
8771 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8772 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
8773 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8774 {
8775 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8776 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8777 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8778 e2 = e2->next;
8779 }
8780 }
8781 else if (!e1->literal)
8782 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8783 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8784 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8785 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8786 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8787 }
8788 }
8789
8790 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8791 {
8792 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8793 {
8794 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8795
8796 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
8797 {
8798 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8799 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
8800 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8801 {
8802 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8803 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8804 " in version information\n"),
8805 e1->pattern);
8806 e2 = e2->next;
8807 }
8808 }
8809 else if (!e1->literal)
8810 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8811 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8812 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8813 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8814 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8815 }
8816 }
8817
8818 version->deps = deps;
8819 version->name = name;
8820 if (name[0] != '\0')
8821 {
8822 ++version_index;
8823 version->vernum = version_index;
8824 }
8825 else
8826 version->vernum = 0;
8827
8828 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8829 ;
8830 *pp = version;
8831 }
8832
8833 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
8834
8835 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
8836 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
8837 {
8838 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
8839 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
8840
8841 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8842 ret->next = list;
8843
8844 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8845 {
8846 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8847 {
8848 ret->version_needed = t;
8849 return ret;
8850 }
8851 }
8852
8853 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
8854
8855 ret->version_needed = NULL;
8856 return ret;
8857 }
8858
8859 static void
8860 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
8861 {
8862 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
8863
8864 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
8865 {
8866 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
8867 char *contents, *p;
8868 bfd_size_type len;
8869
8870 if (sec == NULL)
8871 continue;
8872
8873 len = sec->size;
8874 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
8875 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
8876 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
8877
8878 p = contents;
8879 while (p < contents + len)
8880 {
8881 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
8882 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
8883 }
8884
8885 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
8886
8887 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
8888 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
8889 }
8890
8891 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
8892 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
8893 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
8894 }
8895
8896 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
8897
8898 static void
8899 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
8900 {
8901 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
8902
8903 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
8904 {
8905 if (r->origin_exp)
8906 {
8907 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
8908 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8909 {
8910 r->origin = expld.result.value;
8911 r->current = r->origin;
8912 }
8913 else
8914 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
8915 r->name_list.name);
8916 }
8917 if (r->length_exp)
8918 {
8919 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
8920 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8921 r->length = expld.result.value;
8922 else
8923 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
8924 r->name_list.name);
8925 }
8926 }
8927 }
8928
8929 void
8930 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
8931 {
8932 struct unique_sections *ent;
8933
8934 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
8935 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
8936 return;
8937
8938 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
8939 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
8940 ent->next = unique_section_list;
8941 unique_section_list = ent;
8942 }
8943
8944 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
8945
8946 void
8947 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
8948 {
8949 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8950 {
8951 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
8952 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
8953 ;
8954 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
8955 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
8956 }
8957 else
8958 {
8959 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
8960
8961 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
8962 d->head.list = dynamic;
8963 d->match = lang_vers_match;
8964 link_info.dynamic_list = d;
8965 }
8966 }
8967
8968 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
8969 one. */
8970
8971 void
8972 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8973 {
8974 const char *symbols[] =
8975 {
8976 "typeinfo name for*",
8977 "typeinfo for*"
8978 };
8979 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8980 unsigned int i;
8981
8982 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8983 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8984 FALSE);
8985
8986 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8987 }
8988
8989 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8990 existing one. */
8991
8992 void
8993 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8994 {
8995 const char *symbols[] =
8996 {
8997 "operator new*",
8998 "operator delete*"
8999 };
9000 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9001 unsigned int i;
9002
9003 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9004 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9005 FALSE);
9006
9007 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
9008 }
9009
9010 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
9011
9012 void
9013 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
9014 {
9015 char *p, *q;
9016
9017 p = str;
9018 while (*p)
9019 {
9020 char sep;
9021 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
9022 ++p;
9023 if (!*p)
9024 break;
9025 q = p + 1;
9026 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
9027 ++q;
9028 sep = *q;
9029 *q = 0;
9030 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
9031 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
9032 else
9033 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
9034 *q = sep;
9035 p = q;
9036 }
9037 }
9038
9039 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
9040
9041 static void
9042 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
9043 {
9044 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
9045 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
9046 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
9047 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
9048 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
9049 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
9050 else
9051 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
9052 }
9053
9054 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
9055
9056 void
9057 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
9058 {
9059 lang_memory_region_type *r;
9060
9061 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
9062 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
9063 {
9064 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
9065 double percent;
9066
9067 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
9068 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
9069 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
9070
9071 percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
9072
9073 printf (" %6.2f%%\n", percent);
9074 }
9075 }
This page took 0.315786 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.